| /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB. |
| |
| Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
| 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, |
| 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| |
| This file is part of GDB. |
| |
| This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| (at your option) any later version. |
| |
| This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| GNU General Public License for more details. |
| |
| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
| |
| #include "defs.h" |
| #include "arch-utils.h" |
| #include <ctype.h> |
| #include "hashtab.h" |
| #include "symtab.h" |
| #include "frame.h" |
| #include "breakpoint.h" |
| #include "tracepoint.h" |
| #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| #include "expression.h" |
| #include "gdbcore.h" |
| #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| #include "value.h" |
| #include "command.h" |
| #include "inferior.h" |
| #include "gdbthread.h" |
| #include "target.h" |
| #include "language.h" |
| #include "gdb_string.h" |
| #include "demangle.h" |
| #include "annotate.h" |
| #include "symfile.h" |
| #include "objfiles.h" |
| #include "source.h" |
| #include "linespec.h" |
| #include "completer.h" |
| #include "gdb.h" |
| #include "ui-out.h" |
| #include "cli/cli-script.h" |
| #include "gdb_assert.h" |
| #include "block.h" |
| #include "solib.h" |
| #include "solist.h" |
| #include "observer.h" |
| #include "exceptions.h" |
| #include "memattr.h" |
| #include "ada-lang.h" |
| #include "top.h" |
| #include "wrapper.h" |
| #include "valprint.h" |
| #include "jit.h" |
| #include "xml-syscall.h" |
| #include "parser-defs.h" |
| |
| /* readline include files */ |
| #include "readline/readline.h" |
| #include "readline/history.h" |
| |
| /* readline defines this. */ |
| #undef savestring |
| |
| #include "mi/mi-common.h" |
| |
| /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */ |
| #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0) |
| #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1) |
| |
| /* Prototypes for local functions. */ |
| |
| static void enable_delete_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void enable_once_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void disable_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void enable_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *, |
| void *), |
| void *); |
| |
| static void ignore_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *); |
| |
| static void clear_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void catch_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void watch_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *); |
| |
| static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int); |
| |
| static void mention (struct breakpoint *); |
| |
| /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */ |
| struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtab_and_line, |
| enum bptype); |
| |
| static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int); |
| |
| static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| CORE_ADDR bpaddr, |
| enum bptype bptype); |
| |
| static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *, |
| struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR, |
| struct obj_section *, int); |
| |
| static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, |
| CORE_ADDR addr1, |
| struct address_space *aspace2, |
| CORE_ADDR addr2); |
| |
| static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, |
| struct bp_location *loc2); |
| |
| static void breakpoints_info (char *, int); |
| |
| static void watchpoints_info (char *, int); |
| |
| static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint *)); |
| |
| static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat); |
| |
| static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *); |
| |
| static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *); |
| |
| static void commands_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void condition_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static int get_number_trailer (char **, int); |
| |
| typedef enum |
| { |
| mark_inserted, |
| mark_uninserted |
| } |
| insertion_state_t; |
| |
| static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); |
| static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat); |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs); |
| |
| static int watchpoint_check (void *); |
| |
| static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int); |
| |
| static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void); |
| |
| static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *); |
| |
| static void hbreak_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void thbreak_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int); |
| |
| static void rwatch_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void awatch_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp); |
| |
| static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty); |
| |
| static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty); |
| |
| static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty); |
| |
| static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg); |
| |
| static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, |
| char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty); |
| |
| static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty); |
| |
| static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s); |
| |
| static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void); |
| |
| static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *, |
| CORE_ADDR pc); |
| |
| static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc); |
| |
| static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt); |
| |
| static void update_global_location_list (int); |
| |
| static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int); |
| |
| static int bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, |
| void *data); |
| |
| static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt); |
| |
| static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt); |
| |
| static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void); |
| |
| static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b); |
| |
| static void tracepoints_info (char *, int); |
| |
| static void delete_trace_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void enable_trace_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void disable_trace_command (char *, int); |
| |
| static void trace_pass_command (char *, int); |
| |
| /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a |
| static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */ |
| #define is_marker_spec(s) \ |
| (strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t')) |
| |
| /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple |
| breakpoints share a single command list. */ |
| struct counted_command_line |
| { |
| /* The reference count. */ |
| int refc; |
| |
| /* The command list. */ |
| struct command_line *commands; |
| }; |
| |
| struct command_line * |
| breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the |
| current breakpoint. */ |
| |
| static int breakpoint_proceeded; |
| |
| static const char * |
| bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp) |
| { |
| /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent |
| values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */ |
| static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"}; |
| |
| return bpdisps[(int) disp]; |
| } |
| |
| /* Prototypes for exported functions. */ |
| /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even |
| if such is available. */ |
| static int can_use_hw_watchpoints; |
| |
| static void |
| show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *c, |
| const char *value) |
| { |
| fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ |
| Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"), |
| value); |
| } |
| |
| /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints. |
| If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints |
| for unrecognized breakpoint locations. |
| If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */ |
| static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support; |
| static void |
| show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *c, |
| const char *value) |
| { |
| fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ |
| Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"), |
| value); |
| } |
| |
| /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints |
| set with "break" but falling in read-only memory. |
| If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically |
| use hardware breakpoints. */ |
| static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints; |
| static void |
| show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *c, |
| const char *value) |
| { |
| fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ |
| Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"), |
| value); |
| } |
| |
| /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is |
| stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb |
| will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and |
| will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON |
| if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/ |
| |
| static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto"; |
| static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on"; |
| static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off"; |
| static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = { |
| always_inserted_auto, |
| always_inserted_off, |
| always_inserted_on, |
| NULL |
| }; |
| static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto; |
| static void |
| show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value) |
| { |
| if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto) |
| fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ |
| Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"), |
| value, |
| breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off"); |
| else |
| fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value); |
| } |
| |
| int |
| breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void) |
| { |
| return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on |
| || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop)); |
| } |
| |
| void _initialize_breakpoint (void); |
| |
| /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */ |
| static int executing_breakpoint_commands; |
| |
| /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */ |
| static int overlay_events_enabled; |
| |
| /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints. |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current |
| breakpoint. */ |
| |
| #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) |
| |
| #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \ |
| for (B = breakpoint_chain; \ |
| B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \ |
| B = TMP) |
| |
| /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not |
| provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing |
| the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */ |
| |
| #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \ |
| for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \ |
| BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \ |
| BP_TMP++) |
| |
| /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */ |
| |
| #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \ |
| for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \ |
| if (is_tracepoint (B)) |
| |
| /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain; |
| |
| /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */ |
| |
| static struct bp_location **bp_location; |
| |
| /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */ |
| |
| static unsigned bp_location_count; |
| |
| /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS |
| for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from |
| bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of |
| BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */ |
| |
| static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max; |
| |
| /* Maximum offset plus alignment between |
| bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for |
| the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from |
| bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of |
| BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */ |
| |
| static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max; |
| |
| /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, |
| unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit |
| may still be reported by a target. */ |
| VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL; |
| |
| /* Number of last breakpoint made. */ |
| |
| static int breakpoint_count; |
| |
| /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that |
| created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more |
| than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT |
| and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */ |
| static int prev_breakpoint_count; |
| |
| /* Number of last tracepoint made. */ |
| |
| static int tracepoint_count; |
| |
| static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist; |
| static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist; |
| static struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist; |
| |
| /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */ |
| static int |
| breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */ |
| |
| static void |
| set_breakpoint_count (int num) |
| { |
| prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; |
| breakpoint_count = num; |
| set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num); |
| } |
| |
| /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current |
| breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */ |
| static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; |
| |
| /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first |
| breakpoint made. */ |
| |
| void |
| start_rbreak_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last |
| breakpoint made. */ |
| |
| void |
| end_rbreak_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; |
| } |
| |
| /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */ |
| |
| void |
| clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| b->hit_count = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1. |
| The new structure owns COMMANDS. */ |
| |
| static struct counted_command_line * |
| alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands) |
| { |
| struct counted_command_line *result |
| = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line)); |
| |
| result->refc = 1; |
| result->commands = commands; |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */ |
| |
| static void |
| incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd) |
| { |
| if (cmd) |
| ++cmd->refc; |
| } |
| |
| /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0, |
| destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does |
| nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */ |
| |
| static void |
| decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) |
| { |
| if (*cmdp) |
| { |
| if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0) |
| { |
| free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands); |
| xfree (*cmdp); |
| } |
| *cmdp = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */ |
| |
| static void |
| do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg) |
| { |
| decref_counted_command_line (arg); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the |
| argument. */ |
| |
| static struct cleanup * |
| make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) |
| { |
| return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp); |
| } |
| |
| /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at |
| for "break" command with no arg. |
| if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are |
| not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error. |
| |
| This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| int default_breakpoint_valid; |
| CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address; |
| struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab; |
| int default_breakpoint_line; |
| struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace; |
| |
| |
| /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint. |
| Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace. |
| |
| Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name |
| of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well |
| for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6"). |
| |
| If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint. |
| |
| TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most |
| commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */ |
| static int |
| get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer) |
| { |
| int retval = 0; /* default */ |
| char *p = *pp; |
| |
| if (p == NULL) |
| /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */ |
| return breakpoint_count; |
| else if (*p == '$') |
| { |
| /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it |
| to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */ |
| char *varname; |
| char *start = ++p; |
| LONGEST val; |
| |
| while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_') |
| p++; |
| varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1); |
| strncpy (varname, start, p - start); |
| varname[p - start] = '\0'; |
| if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname), &val)) |
| retval = (int) val; |
| else |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n")); |
| retval = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (*p == '-') |
| ++p; |
| while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') |
| ++p; |
| if (p == *pp) |
| /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */ |
| { |
| /* Skip non-numeric token */ |
| while (*p && !isspace((int) *p)) |
| ++p; |
| /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */ |
| retval = 0; |
| } |
| else |
| retval = atoi (*pp); |
| } |
| if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer)) |
| { |
| /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */ |
| while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer)) |
| ++p; |
| retval = 0; |
| } |
| while (isspace (*p)) |
| p++; |
| *pp = p; |
| return retval; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */ |
| int |
| get_number (char **pp) |
| { |
| return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0'); |
| } |
| |
| /* Parse a number or a range. |
| * A number will be of the form handled by get_number. |
| * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and |
| * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2, |
| * inclusive. |
| * |
| * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively; |
| * At each call it will return the next value in the range. |
| * |
| * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will |
| * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token. |
| * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range |
| * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance |
| * pointer PP past <number2>. |
| */ |
| |
| int |
| get_number_or_range (char **pp) |
| { |
| static int last_retval, end_value; |
| static char *end_ptr; |
| static int in_range = 0; |
| |
| if (**pp != '-') |
| { |
| /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number, |
| or to the first number of a range. */ |
| last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-'); |
| if (**pp == '-') |
| { |
| char **temp; |
| |
| /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>). |
| Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number, |
| and also remember the end of the final token. */ |
| |
| temp = &end_ptr; |
| end_ptr = *pp + 1; |
| while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr)) |
| end_ptr++; /* skip white space */ |
| end_value = get_number (temp); |
| if (end_value < last_retval) |
| { |
| error (_("inverted range")); |
| } |
| else if (end_value == last_retval) |
| { |
| /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the |
| token pointer so that the range will be treated as a |
| single number. */ |
| *pp = end_ptr; |
| } |
| else |
| in_range = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (! in_range) |
| error (_("negative value")); |
| else |
| { |
| /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All |
| number-parsing has already been done. Return the next |
| integer value (one greater than the saved previous value). |
| Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range |
| is reached. */ |
| |
| if (++last_retval == end_value) |
| { |
| /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */ |
| *pp = end_ptr; |
| in_range = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| return last_retval; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL |
| if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| get_breakpoint (int num) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->number == num) |
| return b; |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| void |
| set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp, |
| int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; |
| |
| for (; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| { |
| xfree (loc->cond); |
| loc->cond = NULL; |
| } |
| xfree (b->cond_string); |
| b->cond_string = NULL; |
| xfree (b->cond_exp); |
| b->cond_exp = NULL; |
| |
| if (*exp == 0) |
| { |
| if (from_tty) |
| printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| char *arg = exp; |
| |
| /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user |
| typed in or the decompiled expression. */ |
| b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg); |
| b->condition_not_parsed = 0; |
| |
| if (is_watchpoint (b)) |
| { |
| innermost_block = NULL; |
| arg = exp; |
| b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0); |
| if (*arg) |
| error (_("Junk at end of expression")); |
| b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| { |
| arg = exp; |
| loc->cond = |
| parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); |
| if (*arg) |
| error (_("Junk at end of expression")); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */ |
| |
| static void |
| condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| char *p; |
| int bnum; |
| |
| if (arg == 0) |
| error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number")); |
| |
| p = arg; |
| bnum = get_number (&p); |
| if (bnum == 0) |
| error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->number == bnum) |
| { |
| set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum); |
| } |
| |
| /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable |
| only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints. |
| Throw if any such commands is found. |
| */ |
| static void |
| check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands) |
| { |
| struct command_line *c; |
| |
| for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) |
| error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints")); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i) |
| check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]); |
| |
| /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment |
| lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for |
| command directly. */ |
| if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line) |
| error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints")); |
| |
| if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line) |
| error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints")); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */ |
| |
| int |
| is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return (b->type == bp_tracepoint |
| || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint |
| || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint); |
| } |
| |
| /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a |
| breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is |
| found. */ |
| |
| static void |
| validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct command_line *commands) |
| { |
| if (is_tracepoint (b)) |
| { |
| /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands |
| is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping |
| element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands |
| excluding nested while-stepping. */ |
| struct command_line *c; |
| struct command_line *while_stepping = 0; |
| for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) |
| { |
| if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) |
| { |
| if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) |
| error (_("\ |
| The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint")); |
| else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) |
| error (_("\ |
| The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for static tracepoint")); |
| |
| if (while_stepping) |
| error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once")); |
| else |
| while_stepping = c; |
| } |
| } |
| if (while_stepping) |
| { |
| struct command_line *c2; |
| |
| gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1); |
| c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0]; |
| for (; c2; c2 = c2->next) |
| { |
| if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control) |
| error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested")); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The |
| caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */ |
| |
| VEC(breakpoint_p) * |
| static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) |
| { |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| if (loc->address == addr) |
| VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); |
| } |
| |
| return found; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint, |
| validate that only allowed commands are included. |
| */ |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b, struct command_line *commands) |
| { |
| validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands); |
| |
| decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); |
| b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands); |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = closure; |
| |
| validate_actionline (&line, b); |
| } |
| |
| /* A structure used to pass information through |
| map_breakpoint_numbers. */ |
| |
| struct commands_info |
| { |
| /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */ |
| int from_tty; |
| |
| /* The breakpoint range spec. */ |
| char *arg; |
| |
| /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this |
| already-parsed command. */ |
| struct command_line *control; |
| |
| /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not |
| yet been read. */ |
| struct counted_command_line *cmd; |
| }; |
| |
| /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for |
| commands_command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data) |
| { |
| struct commands_info *info = data; |
| |
| if (info->cmd == NULL) |
| { |
| struct command_line *l; |
| |
| if (info->control != NULL) |
| l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]); |
| else |
| { |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| char *str; |
| |
| str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."), |
| info->arg); |
| |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str); |
| |
| l = read_command_lines (str, |
| info->from_tty, 1, |
| (is_tracepoint (b) |
| ? check_tracepoint_command : 0), |
| b); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l); |
| } |
| |
| /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to |
| do anything. */ |
| if (b->commands != info->cmd) |
| { |
| validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands); |
| incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd); |
| decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); |
| b->commands = info->cmd; |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct command_line *control) |
| { |
| struct cleanup *cleanups; |
| struct commands_info info; |
| |
| info.from_tty = from_tty; |
| info.control = control; |
| info.cmd = NULL; |
| /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an |
| extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */ |
| cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd); |
| |
| if (arg == NULL || !*arg) |
| { |
| if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1) |
| arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1, breakpoint_count); |
| else if (breakpoint_count > 0) |
| arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count); |
| else |
| { |
| /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL |
| argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint |
| numbers will fail in this case. */ |
| arg = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve |
| our argument. */ |
| arg = xstrdup (arg); |
| |
| if (arg != NULL) |
| make_cleanup (xfree, arg); |
| |
| info.arg = arg; |
| |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info); |
| |
| if (info.cmd == NULL) |
| error (_("No breakpoints specified.")); |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from |
| input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure. |
| |
| This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands |
| that are part of if and while bodies. */ |
| enum command_control_type |
| commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd) |
| { |
| commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd); |
| return simple_control; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */ |
| |
| static int |
| bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl) |
| { |
| if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) |
| return 0; |
| if (!bl->inserted) |
| return 0; |
| if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0) |
| /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */ |
| return 0; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR, |
| by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. |
| |
| The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is: |
| b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max |
| up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max |
| The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is: |
| memaddr ... memaddr + len |
| Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are |
| memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max |
| and: |
| b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */ |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len) |
| { |
| /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */ |
| unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc; |
| |
| /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is |
| safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */ |
| |
| bc_l = 0; |
| bc_r = bp_location_count; |
| while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b; |
| |
| bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2; |
| b = bp_location[bc]; |
| |
| /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant. |
| Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can |
| in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range). |
| |
| Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that |
| we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching |
| MEMADDR. */ |
| |
| if (b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max >= b->address |
| && b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr) |
| bc_l = bc; |
| else |
| bc_r = bc; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */ |
| |
| for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b = bp_location[bc]; |
| CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0; |
| int bp_size = 0; |
| int bptoffset = 0; |
| |
| /* bp_location array has B->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| if (b->owner->type == bp_none) |
| warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), |
| b->owner->number); |
| |
| /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF |
| content. */ |
| |
| if (b->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max |
| && memaddr + len <= b->address |
| - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) |
| break; |
| |
| if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b)) |
| continue; |
| if (!breakpoint_address_match (b->target_info.placed_address_space, 0, |
| current_program_space->aspace, 0)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that |
| we need to copy. */ |
| bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address; |
| bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len; |
| |
| if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr) |
| /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we |
| are reading. */ |
| continue; |
| |
| if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len) |
| /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are |
| reading. */ |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Offset within shadow_contents. */ |
| if (bp_addr < memaddr) |
| { |
| /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */ |
| bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr; |
| bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr; |
| bp_addr = memaddr; |
| } |
| |
| if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len) |
| { |
| /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */ |
| bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len); |
| } |
| |
| memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr, |
| b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */ |
| static void |
| insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args; |
| |
| gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint); |
| gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL); |
| |
| b->ops->insert (b); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */ |
| |
| static int |
| is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint |
| || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or |
| software. */ |
| |
| static int |
| is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt) |
| || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread |
| and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B. |
| Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the |
| context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was |
| created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select |
| the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can |
| be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left |
| to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are |
| running. */ |
| |
| static int |
| watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid) |
| || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread) |
| && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: |
| - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero |
| - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val |
| - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result |
| in b->loc->cond. |
| - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc. |
| |
| If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing. |
| If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. |
| |
| Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed |
| + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed |
| because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop |
| mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; |
| processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's |
| hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in |
| order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints. |
| |
| Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the |
| user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to |
| present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later |
| because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB |
| stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint |
| types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by |
| bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the |
| memory content has not changed. |
| |
| The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware |
| watchpoints: |
| |
| * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called |
| several times when GDB stops. |
| |
| [linux] |
| * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to |
| stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the |
| reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after |
| the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed. |
| Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event |
| stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from |
| the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported |
| from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real |
| thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its |
| LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset. |
| |
| Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint |
| removal from inferior. */ |
| |
| static void |
| update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse) |
| { |
| int within_current_scope; |
| struct frame_id saved_frame_id; |
| int frame_saved; |
| |
| /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the |
| watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread |
| that was used to create the watchpoint. */ |
| if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) |
| return; |
| |
| /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and |
| update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove |
| breakpoints if needed. */ |
| b->loc = NULL; |
| |
| if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| return; |
| |
| frame_saved = 0; |
| |
| /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */ |
| if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) |
| within_current_scope = 1; |
| else |
| { |
| struct frame_info *fi; |
| |
| /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after |
| evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */ |
| /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression |
| took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the |
| selected frame. */ |
| frame_saved = 1; |
| saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL)); |
| |
| fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); |
| within_current_scope = (fi != NULL); |
| if (within_current_scope) |
| select_frame (fi); |
| } |
| |
| if (within_current_scope && reparse) |
| { |
| char *s; |
| if (b->exp) |
| { |
| xfree (b->exp); |
| b->exp = NULL; |
| } |
| s = b->exp_string; |
| b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0); |
| /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is |
| no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit |
| to the user when the old value and the new value may actually |
| be completely different objects. */ |
| value_free (b->val); |
| b->val = NULL; |
| b->val_valid = 0; |
| |
| /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition |
| expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the |
| locations (re)created below. */ |
| if (b->cond_string != NULL) |
| { |
| if (b->cond_exp != NULL) |
| { |
| xfree (b->cond_exp); |
| b->cond_exp = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| s = b->cond_string; |
| b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because |
| it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library, |
| don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete |
| such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression |
| is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */ |
| if ( !target_has_execution) |
| { |
| /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and |
| set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when |
| the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */ |
| } |
| else if (within_current_scope && b->exp) |
| { |
| int pc = 0; |
| struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next; |
| struct program_space *frame_pspace; |
| |
| fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain); |
| |
| /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of |
| b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update |
| it only if we reported that last value to user. As it |
| happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */ |
| if (!b->val_valid) |
| { |
| b->val = v; |
| b->val_valid = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an |
| ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free |
| hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */ |
| if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| && reparse) |
| { |
| int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used; |
| |
| /* We need to determine how many resources are already used |
| for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have |
| enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well. |
| To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting |
| this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software |
| watchpoint. */ |
| b->type = bp_watchpoint; |
| i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint, |
| &other_type_used); |
| mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain); |
| |
| if (!mem_cnt) |
| b->type = bp_watchpoint; |
| else |
| { |
| int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint |
| (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used); |
| if (target_resources_ok <= 0) |
| b->type = bp_watchpoint; |
| else |
| b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL)); |
| |
| /* Look at each value on the value chain. */ |
| for (v = val_chain; v; v = next) |
| { |
| /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed |
| its contents to evaluate the expression, then we |
| must watch it. If the first value returned is |
| still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it; |
| watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */ |
| if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory |
| && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v))) |
| { |
| struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); |
| |
| /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked |
| for it explicitly, never if they just happen to |
| appear in the middle of some value chain. */ |
| if (v == result |
| || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR addr; |
| int len, type; |
| struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; |
| |
| addr = value_address (v); |
| len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); |
| type = hw_write; |
| if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) |
| type = hw_read; |
| else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) |
| type = hw_access; |
| |
| loc = allocate_bp_location (b); |
| for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) |
| ; |
| *tmp = loc; |
| loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v)); |
| |
| loc->pspace = frame_pspace; |
| loc->address = addr; |
| loc->length = len; |
| loc->watchpoint_type = type; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| next = value_next (v); |
| if (v != b->val) |
| value_free (v); |
| } |
| |
| /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the |
| above left it without any location set up. But, |
| bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report |
| stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL) |
| { |
| b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b); |
| b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace; |
| b->loc->address = -1; |
| b->loc->length = -1; |
| b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (!within_current_scope) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("\ |
| Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\ |
| in which its expression is valid.\n"), |
| b->number); |
| if (b->related_breakpoint) |
| { |
| b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; |
| b->related_breakpoint= NULL; |
| } |
| b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| } |
| |
| /* Restore the selected frame. */ |
| if (frame_saved) |
| select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id)); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be |
| inserted in the inferior. */ |
| static int |
| should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt) |
| { |
| if (bpt->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a |
| vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running |
| free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the |
| OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports |
| that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared |
| memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise |
| the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since |
| the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */ |
| if (bpt->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing, |
| not by us. */ |
| if (is_tracepoint (bpt->owner)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint. |
| Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS, |
| and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems. |
| |
| NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style |
| method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */ |
| static int |
| insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt, |
| struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream, |
| int *disabled_breaks, |
| int *hw_breakpoint_error) |
| { |
| int val = 0; |
| |
| if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* Initialize the target-specific information. */ |
| memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info)); |
| bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address; |
| bpt->target_info.placed_address_space = bpt->pspace->aspace; |
| |
| if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type |
| is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see |
| if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not. |
| Two important cases are: |
| - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory |
| is readonly. We change the type of the location to |
| hardware breakpoint. |
| - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. |
| This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but |
| then the memory map changed, so we undo. |
| |
| When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will |
| use location types we've just set here, the only possible |
| problem is that memory map has changed during running program, |
| but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */ |
| struct mem_region *mr |
| = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address); |
| |
| if (mr) |
| { |
| if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints) |
| { |
| enum bp_loc_type new_type; |
| |
| if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) |
| new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; |
| else |
| new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; |
| |
| if (new_type != bpt->loc_type) |
| { |
| static int said = 0; |
| |
| bpt->loc_type = new_type; |
| if (!said) |
| { |
| fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\ |
| Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n")); |
| said = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) |
| warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"), |
| paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ |
| if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off |
| || bpt->section == NULL |
| || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section))) |
| { |
| /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */ |
| |
| if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, |
| &bpt->target_info); |
| else |
| val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, |
| &bpt->target_info); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. |
| Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ |
| if (!overlay_events_enabled) |
| { |
| /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, |
| so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA. |
| This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */ |
| if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"), |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| else |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address, |
| bpt->section); |
| /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */ |
| bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info; |
| bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr; |
| val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, |
| &bpt->overlay_target_info); |
| if (val != 0) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n", |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| } |
| } |
| /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */ |
| if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) |
| { |
| /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */ |
| if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, |
| &bpt->target_info); |
| else |
| val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, |
| &bpt->target_info); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted. |
| No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (val) |
| { |
| /* Can't set the breakpoint. */ |
| if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->pspace, bpt->address)) |
| { |
| /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */ |
| val = 0; |
| bpt->shlib_disabled = 1; |
| if (!*disabled_breaks) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n"); |
| } |
| *disabled_breaks = 1; |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| *hw_breakpoint_error = 1; |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n", |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Error accessing memory address "); |
| fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address), |
| tmp_error_stream); |
| fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n", |
| safe_strerror (val)); |
| } |
| |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| bpt->inserted = 1; |
| |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint |
| /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing |
| watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */ |
| && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| { |
| val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address, |
| bpt->length, |
| bpt->watchpoint_type, |
| bpt->owner->cond_exp); |
| |
| /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not |
| supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */ |
| if (val == 1 && bpt->watchpoint_type == hw_read) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; |
| |
| /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another |
| hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate |
| of this one. */ |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) |
| if (loc != bpt |
| && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access |
| && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt, loc)) |
| { |
| bpt->duplicate = 1; |
| bpt->inserted = 1; |
| bpt->target_info = loc->target_info; |
| bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access; |
| val = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (val == 1) |
| { |
| val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address, |
| bpt->length, |
| hw_access, |
| bpt->owner->cond_exp); |
| if (val == 0) |
| bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bpt->inserted = (val == 0); |
| } |
| |
| else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint) |
| { |
| struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint, |
| bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR); |
| exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ", |
| bpt->owner->number); |
| if (e.reason < 0) |
| bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| else |
| bpt->inserted = 1; |
| |
| /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem |
| inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint, |
| so just return success. */ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be |
| deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference |
| PSPACE anymore. */ |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp; |
| struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; |
| |
| /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace == pspace) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations |
| bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */ |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *tmp; |
| |
| if (loc->pspace == pspace) |
| { |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| if (loc->owner->loc == loc) |
| loc->owner->loc = loc->next; |
| else |
| for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next) |
| if (tmp->next == loc) |
| { |
| tmp->next = loc->next; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the |
| removed locations above. */ |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| } |
| |
| /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior. |
| Throws exception on any error. |
| A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted |
| again, so calling this function twice is safe. */ |
| void |
| insert_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bpt; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) |
| update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */); |
| |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when |
| always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them |
| now. */ |
| if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()) |
| insert_breakpoint_locations (); |
| } |
| |
| /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program. |
| remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops. |
| Both return zero if successful, |
| or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */ |
| |
| static void |
| insert_breakpoint_locations (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bpt; |
| struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; |
| int error = 0; |
| int val = 0; |
| int disabled_breaks = 0; |
| int hw_breakpoint_error = 0; |
| |
| struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); |
| struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); |
| |
| /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if |
| there was an error. */ |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n"); |
| |
| save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the |
| thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has B->OWNER |
| always non-NULL. */ |
| if (b->owner->thread != -1 |
| && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread)) |
| continue; |
| |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); |
| |
| /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need |
| to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even |
| if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still |
| insert breakpoints. */ |
| if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) |
| && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) |
| continue; |
| |
| val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream, |
| &disabled_breaks, |
| &hw_breakpoint_error); |
| if (val) |
| error = val; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, |
| remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) |
| { |
| int some_failed = 0; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| continue; |
| |
| for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc)) |
| { |
| some_failed = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (some_failed) |
| { |
| for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| if (loc->inserted) |
| remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted); |
| |
| hw_breakpoint_error = 1; |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n", |
| bpt->number); |
| error = -1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (error) |
| { |
| /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a |
| message about possibly exhausted resources. */ |
| if (hw_breakpoint_error) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, |
| "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\ |
| You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n"); |
| } |
| target_terminal_ours_for_output (); |
| error_stream (tmp_error_stream); |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| } |
| |
| int |
| remove_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; |
| int val = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (b->inserted) |
| val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); |
| } |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */ |
| |
| int |
| remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b, **b_tmp; |
| int val; |
| struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, b_tmp) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (b->inserted) |
| { |
| val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); |
| if (val != 0) |
| return val; |
| } |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| remove_hw_watchpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; |
| int val = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint) |
| val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); |
| } |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| reattach_breakpoints (int pid) |
| { |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; |
| int val; |
| struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); |
| int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0; |
| struct inferior *inf; |
| struct thread_info *tp; |
| |
| tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid); |
| if (tp == NULL) |
| return 1; |
| |
| inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); |
| old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); |
| |
| inferior_ptid = tp->ptid; |
| |
| make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (b->inserted) |
| { |
| b->inserted = 0; |
| val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream, |
| &dummy1, &dummy2); |
| if (val != 0) |
| { |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return val; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1; |
| |
| static struct breakpoint * |
| create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ |
| |
| sal.pc = address; |
| sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc); |
| sal.pspace = current_program_space; |
| |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); |
| b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; |
| b->disposition = disp_donttouch; |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name) |
| { |
| struct objfile *objfile; |
| |
| ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct minimal_symbol *m; |
| |
| m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), |
| SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), |
| bp_overlay_event); |
| b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); |
| |
| if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| overlay_events_enabled = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| overlay_events_enabled = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name) |
| { |
| struct program_space *pspace; |
| struct objfile *objfile; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| old_chain = save_current_program_space (); |
| |
| ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct minimal_symbol *m; |
| |
| if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile))) |
| continue; |
| |
| set_current_program_space (pspace); |
| |
| m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), |
| SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), |
| bp_longjmp_master); |
| b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| } |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function |
| looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */ |
| static void |
| create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name) |
| { |
| struct program_space *pspace; |
| struct objfile *objfile; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| old_chain = save_current_program_space (); |
| |
| ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct minimal_symbol *m; |
| |
| set_current_program_space (pspace); |
| |
| m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile); |
| if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text |
| && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text)) |
| continue; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), |
| SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), |
| bp_std_terminate_master); |
| b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| } |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| update_breakpoints_after_exec (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct breakpoint *temp; |
| struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp; |
| |
| /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the |
| INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by |
| writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The |
| "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not |
| do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking |
| breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that |
| here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete |
| breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */ |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp) |
| if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space) |
| gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != current_program_space) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ |
| if (b->type == bp_shlib_event) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ |
| if (b->type == bp_jit_event) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(), |
| as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event |
| || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */ |
| if (b->type == bp_step_resume) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless |
| after an exec. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_catchpoint) |
| { |
| /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to |
| do anything at this point. In the future, if some of |
| the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add |
| a new method, and call this method from here. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able |
| to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user |
| caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just |
| carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting |
| a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish |
| will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec. |
| |
| We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But |
| we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to |
| the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a |
| chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish |
| here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command |
| gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint. |
| We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish. |
| |
| In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know |
| it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?" |
| problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and |
| let finish_command delete it. |
| |
| (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's |
| momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees |
| the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's |
| address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the |
| solib breakpoints.) */ |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_finish) |
| { |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the |
| pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec() |
| a.out. */ |
| if (b->addr_string == NULL) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */ |
| create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp"); |
| create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()"); |
| } |
| |
| int |
| detach_breakpoints (int pid) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; |
| int val = 0; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); |
| struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); |
| |
| if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid)) |
| error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid")); |
| |
| /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */ |
| inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid); |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (b->inserted) |
| val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (b, mark_inserted); |
| } |
| |
| /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */ |
| detach_single_step_breakpoints (); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space. |
| Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork. |
| When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither |
| do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should |
| *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */ |
| |
| static int |
| remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is) |
| { |
| int val; |
| |
| /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ |
| gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL); |
| |
| if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. |
| This should not ever happen. */ |
| gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none); |
| |
| if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard |
| trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a |
| bp_hardware_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ |
| if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off |
| || b->section == NULL |
| || !(section_is_overlay (b->section))) |
| { |
| /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */ |
| |
| if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info); |
| else |
| val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. |
| Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ |
| if (!overlay_events_enabled) |
| { |
| /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we |
| should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it. |
| */ |
| /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will |
| have already warned when we failed to insert it. */ |
| if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, |
| &b->overlay_target_info); |
| else |
| target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, |
| &b->overlay_target_info); |
| } |
| /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA? |
| If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */ |
| if (b->inserted) |
| { |
| /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to |
| remove the breakpoint if the section had been |
| unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We |
| don't know what the overlay manager might do. */ |
| if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, |
| &b->target_info); |
| |
| /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only |
| if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite |
| wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */ |
| else if (section_is_mapped (b->section)) |
| val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, |
| &b->target_info); |
| else |
| val = 0; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */ |
| val = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint |
| in a shared library that has already been removed, but we |
| have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */ |
| if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->pspace, b->address)) |
| val = 0; |
| |
| if (val) |
| return val; |
| b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); |
| } |
| else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint) |
| { |
| b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); |
| val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length, |
| b->watchpoint_type, b->owner->cond_exp); |
| |
| /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */ |
| if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted)) |
| warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."), |
| b->owner->number); |
| } |
| else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint |
| && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner) |
| && !b->duplicate) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL); |
| |
| val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner); |
| if (val) |
| return val; |
| b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); |
| } |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is) |
| { |
| int ret; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ |
| gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL); |
| |
| if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. |
| This should not ever happen. */ |
| gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none); |
| |
| old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); |
| |
| ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (b, is); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */ |
| |
| void |
| mark_breakpoints_out (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| if (bpt->pspace == current_program_space) |
| bpt->inserted = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any |
| breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program. |
| |
| Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints |
| between runs. |
| |
| Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by |
| generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by |
| init_wait_for_inferior). */ |
| |
| |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| int ix; |
| struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space; |
| |
| /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's |
| nothing to do. */ |
| if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)) |
| return; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| { |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| if (bpt->pspace == pspace |
| && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| bpt->inserted = 0; |
| } |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace) |
| continue; |
| |
| switch (b->type) |
| { |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| |
| /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will |
| cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get |
| rid of it. */ |
| |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| |
| /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */ |
| |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| |
| /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may |
| have changed since the last time we ran the program. |
| Actually we may now be debugging against different target; |
| and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may |
| not be used in by the target. E.g., |
| |
| (gdb) file prog-linux |
| (gdb) run # native linux target |
| ... |
| (gdb) kill |
| (gdb) file prog-win.exe |
| (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver. |
| */ |
| |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| |
| /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */ |
| if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| else if (context == inf_starting) |
| { |
| /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value |
| in insert_breakpoints. */ |
| if (b->val) |
| value_free (b->val); |
| b->val = NULL; |
| b->val_valid = 0; |
| } |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */ |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix) |
| free_bp_location (bpt); |
| VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations); |
| } |
| |
| /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the |
| target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if |
| we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space |
| match, not program space. */ |
| |
| /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint |
| exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an |
| ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a |
| permanent breakpoint. |
| - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we |
| actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints. |
| - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we |
| need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by |
| the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */ |
| |
| enum breakpoint_here |
| breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| int any_breakpoint_here = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner) |
| || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| { |
| if (overlay_debugging |
| && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) |
| continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ |
| else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| return permanent_breakpoint_here; |
| else |
| any_breakpoint_here = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */ |
| |
| int |
| moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| int ix; |
| |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) |
| if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| return 1; |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is |
| inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism. |
| This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are |
| inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */ |
| |
| int |
| regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (bpt->inserted |
| && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| { |
| if (overlay_debugging |
| && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) |
| continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ |
| else |
| return 1; |
| } |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint |
| or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */ |
| |
| int |
| breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) |
| return 1; |
| |
| if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) |
| return 1; |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint |
| inserted at PC. */ |
| |
| int |
| software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (bpt->inserted |
| && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| { |
| if (overlay_debugging |
| && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) |
| continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ |
| else |
| return 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */ |
| if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) |
| return 1; |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace, |
| CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bpt; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) |
| continue; |
| |
| for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR l, h; |
| |
| /* Check for intersection. */ |
| l = max (loc->address, addr); |
| h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len); |
| if (l < h) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at |
| PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */ |
| |
| int |
| breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc, |
| ptid_t ptid) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; |
| /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */ |
| int thread = -1; |
| int task = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) |
| { |
| if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint |
| && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner) |
| && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (bpt->owner->thread != -1) |
| { |
| /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid |
| matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet, |
| it is now time to do so. */ |
| if (thread == -1) |
| thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); |
| if (bpt->owner->thread != thread) |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (bpt->owner->task != 0) |
| { |
| /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid |
| matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet, |
| it is now time to do so. */ |
| if (task == 0) |
| task = ada_get_task_number (ptid); |
| if (bpt->owner->task != task) |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (overlay_debugging |
| && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) |
| continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented |
| in breakpoint.h. */ |
| |
| int |
| ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep) |
| { |
| return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| bpstat_free (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| if (bs->old_val != NULL) |
| value_free (bs->old_val); |
| decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); |
| xfree (bs); |
| } |
| |
| /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint. |
| Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */ |
| |
| void |
| bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp) |
| { |
| bpstat p; |
| bpstat q; |
| |
| if (bsp == 0) |
| return; |
| p = *bsp; |
| while (p != NULL) |
| { |
| q = p->next; |
| bpstat_free (p); |
| p = q; |
| } |
| *bsp = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that |
| is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */ |
| |
| bpstat |
| bpstat_copy (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| bpstat p = NULL; |
| bpstat tmp; |
| bpstat retval = NULL; |
| |
| if (bs == NULL) |
| return bs; |
| |
| for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| { |
| tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp)); |
| memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp)); |
| incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands); |
| if (bs->old_val != NULL) |
| { |
| tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val); |
| release_value (tmp->old_val); |
| } |
| |
| if (p == NULL) |
| /* This is the first thing in the chain. */ |
| retval = tmp; |
| else |
| p->next = tmp; |
| p = tmp; |
| } |
| p->next = NULL; |
| return retval; |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */ |
| |
| bpstat |
| bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint) |
| { |
| if (bsp == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next) |
| { |
| if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint) |
| return bsp; |
| } |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped |
| at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining |
| breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for |
| anything but further calls to bpstat_num). |
| Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints. |
| Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since |
| we set it. |
| Return 1 otherwise. */ |
| |
| int |
| bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| if ((*bsp) == NULL) |
| return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */ |
| |
| /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that |
| correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise, |
| this function might return the same number more |
| than once and this will look ugly. */ |
| b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL; |
| *bsp = (*bsp)->next; |
| if (b == NULL) |
| return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */ |
| |
| *num = b->number; /* We have its number */ |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */ |
| |
| void |
| bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| { |
| decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); |
| bs->commands_left = NULL; |
| if (bs->old_val != NULL) |
| { |
| value_free (bs->old_val); |
| bs->old_val = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */ |
| |
| static void |
| breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void) |
| { |
| if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) |
| { |
| struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread (); |
| |
| /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not |
| interrupt the command list. When the call finishes |
| successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same |
| breakpoint as if nothing happened. */ |
| if (tp->in_infcall) |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| breakpoint_proceeded = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */ |
| static void |
| cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore) |
| { |
| executing_breakpoint_commands = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this |
| location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed |
| beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking |
| the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. |
| |
| Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that |
| case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the |
| bpstat of the current thread. */ |
| |
| static int |
| bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp) |
| { |
| bpstat bs; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| int again = 0; |
| |
| /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained |
| in bs->commands. */ |
| if (executing_breakpoint_commands) |
| return 0; |
| |
| executing_breakpoint_commands = 1; |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0); |
| |
| /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */ |
| bs = *bsp; |
| |
| breakpoint_proceeded = 0; |
| for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| { |
| struct counted_command_line *ccmd; |
| struct command_line *cmd; |
| struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain; |
| |
| /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one. |
| |
| The command tree could legitimately contain commands like |
| 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which |
| frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't |
| free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to |
| take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's |
| commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we |
| can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free |
| the tree when we're done. */ |
| ccmd = bs->commands; |
| bs->commands = NULL; |
| this_cmd_tree_chain |
| = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd); |
| cmd = bs->commands_left; |
| bs->commands_left = NULL; |
| |
| while (cmd != NULL) |
| { |
| execute_control_command (cmd); |
| |
| if (breakpoint_proceeded) |
| break; |
| else |
| cmd = cmd->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* We can free this command tree now. */ |
| do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain); |
| |
| if (breakpoint_proceeded) |
| { |
| if (target_can_async_p ()) |
| /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still |
| running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for |
| us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */ |
| ; |
| else |
| /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns |
| we're already standing on the next breakpoint. |
| Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since |
| execute_command does not run breakpoint commands -- |
| only command_line_handler does, but that one is not |
| involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we |
| can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be |
| noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is |
| not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive |
| invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a |
| command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we |
| return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us |
| with the new stop_bpstat. */ |
| again = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return again; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| bpstat_do_actions (void) |
| { |
| /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */ |
| while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid) |
| && target_has_execution |
| && !is_exited (inferior_ptid) |
| && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)) |
| /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior, |
| and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we |
| keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to |
| indicate the inferior was not resumed. */ |
| if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat)) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */ |
| |
| static void |
| watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream) |
| { |
| if (val == NULL) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>")); |
| else |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| value_print (val, stream, &opts); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future, |
| much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status, |
| by having it set different print_it values. |
| |
| Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops |
| through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the |
| print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the |
| print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of |
| bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here. |
| |
| Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print() |
| and normal_stop() to decide what to do): |
| PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print, |
| don't print anything else. |
| PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire |
| that something to be followed by a location. |
| PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire |
| that something to be followed by a location. |
| PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more |
| analysis. */ |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_it_typical (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| const struct bp_location *bl; |
| struct ui_stream *stb; |
| int bp_temp = 0; |
| enum print_stop_action result; |
| |
| /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint |
| which has since been deleted. */ |
| if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL) |
| return PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| bl = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| |
| /* bl->owner can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint |
| which has since been placed into moribund_locations. */ |
| if (bl->owner == NULL) |
| return PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| b = bl->owner; |
| |
| stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
| old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); |
| |
| switch (b->type) |
| { |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del; |
| if (bl->address != bl->requested_address) |
| breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address, |
| bl->address, |
| b->number, 1); |
| annotate_breakpoint (b->number); |
| if (bp_temp) |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint "); |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint "); |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); |
| } |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); |
| result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events |
| variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due |
| to shlib event" message.) */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n")); |
| result = PRINT_NOTHING; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| /* Not sure how we will get here. |
| GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); |
| result = PRINT_NOTHING; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); |
| result = PRINT_NOTHING; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| /* These should never be enabled. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); |
| result = PRINT_NOTHING; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| /* These should never be enabled. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); |
| result = PRINT_NOTHING; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| annotate_watchpoint (b->number); |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); |
| mention (b); |
| make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); |
| watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); |
| watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */ |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); |
| mention (b); |
| make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); |
| watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| if (bs->old_val != NULL) |
| { |
| annotate_watchpoint (b->number); |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); |
| mention (b); |
| make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); |
| watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| mention (b); |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); |
| make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); |
| } |
| watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints |
| here. */ |
| |
| case bp_finish: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED)); |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_until: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED)); |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_none: |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| default: |
| result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we |
| stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value |
| 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we |
| may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to |
| normal_stop(). */ |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| switch (bs->print_it) |
| { |
| case print_it_noop: |
| /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */ |
| return PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| break; |
| |
| case print_it_done: |
| /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the |
| relevant messages. */ |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| break; |
| |
| case print_it_normal: |
| { |
| const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL; |
| |
| /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or |
| print_it_typical. */ |
| /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */ |
| if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL) |
| return b->ops->print_it (b); |
| else |
| return print_it_typical (bs); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value")); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from |
| normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat |
| list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This |
| routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message |
| about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the |
| "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this |
| routine is one of: |
| |
| PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing |
| PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent |
| code to print the location. An example is |
| "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by |
| the location. |
| PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need |
| to also print the location part of the message. |
| An example is the catch/throw messages, which |
| don't require a location appended to the end. |
| PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any |
| further info to be printed.*/ |
| |
| enum print_stop_action |
| bpstat_print (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| int val; |
| |
| /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop. |
| (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not. |
| That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken |
| with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */ |
| for (; bs; bs = bs->next) |
| { |
| val = print_bp_stop_message (bs); |
| if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY |
| || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC |
| || val == PRINT_NOTHING) |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start |
| with and nothing was printed. */ |
| return PRINT_UNKNOWN; |
| } |
| |
| /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. |
| This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition. |
| The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to |
| make it pass through catch_errors. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp) |
| { |
| struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp)); |
| |
| value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| return i; |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */ |
| |
| static bpstat |
| bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ ) |
| { |
| bpstat bs; |
| |
| bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs)); |
| cbs->next = bs; |
| bs->breakpoint_at = bl; |
| /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */ |
| bs->commands = NULL; |
| bs->commands_left = NULL; |
| bs->old_val = NULL; |
| bs->print_it = print_it_normal; |
| return bs; |
| } |
| |
| /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware |
| watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */ |
| |
| int |
| watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws) |
| { |
| int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint (); |
| CORE_ADDR addr; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| if (!stopped_by_watchpoint) |
| { |
| /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints |
| as not triggered. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) |
| b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr)) |
| { |
| /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where. |
| Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) |
| b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown; |
| |
| return stopped_by_watchpoint; |
| } |
| |
| /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints |
| affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not |
| triggered. */ |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| /* Exact match not required. Within range is |
| sufficient. */ |
| if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target, |
| addr, loc->address, |
| loc->length)) |
| { |
| b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum |
| because of check_errors). */ |
| /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */ |
| #define WP_DELETED 1 |
| /* The value has changed. */ |
| #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2 |
| /* The value has not changed. */ |
| #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3 |
| /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */ |
| #define WP_IGNORE 4 |
| |
| #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1 |
| #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2 |
| |
| /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed. |
| |
| P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void * |
| in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */ |
| |
| static int |
| watchpoint_check (void *p) |
| { |
| bpstat bs = (bpstat) p; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct frame_info *fr; |
| int within_current_scope; |
| |
| /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ |
| gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL); |
| gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at->owner != NULL); |
| b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner; |
| |
| /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the |
| watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread |
| that was used to create the watchpoint. */ |
| if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) |
| return WP_IGNORE; |
| |
| if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) |
| within_current_scope = 1; |
| else |
| { |
| struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame (); |
| struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame); |
| CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame); |
| |
| /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still |
| in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated. |
| Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the |
| stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that |
| state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark |
| watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue - |
| even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack |
| is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */ |
| if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc)) |
| return WP_IGNORE; |
| |
| fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); |
| within_current_scope = (fr != NULL); |
| |
| /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have |
| returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */ |
| if (within_current_scope) |
| { |
| struct symbol *function; |
| |
| function = get_frame_function (fr); |
| if (function == NULL |
| || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block, |
| SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function))) |
| within_current_scope = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (within_current_scope) |
| /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected |
| in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect |
| the user. */ |
| select_frame (fr); |
| } |
| |
| if (within_current_scope) |
| { |
| /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a |
| *long* time before we return to the command level and |
| call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because |
| we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */ |
| |
| int pc = 0; |
| struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| struct value *new_val; |
| |
| fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL); |
| |
| /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter |
| coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the |
| array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */ |
| if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL) |
| || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val))) |
| { |
| if (new_val != NULL) |
| { |
| release_value (new_val); |
| value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| } |
| bs->old_val = b->val; |
| b->val = new_val; |
| b->val_valid = 1; |
| return WP_VALUE_CHANGED; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Nothing changed. */ |
| value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because |
| if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when |
| we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains |
| garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two |
| garbage values, one before and one after the prologue). |
| So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and |
| watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal |
| the first value assigned). */ |
| /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but |
| in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp |
| will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the |
| information here. */ |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_string |
| (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE)); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\ |
| which its expression is valid.\n"); |
| |
| if (b->related_breakpoint) |
| { |
| b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; |
| b->related_breakpoint = NULL; |
| } |
| b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| |
| return WP_DELETED; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting |
| breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we |
| should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */ |
| static int |
| bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, |
| struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner; |
| |
| /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */ |
| gdb_assert (b != NULL); |
| |
| /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at |
| tracepoints. */ |
| if (is_tracepoint (b)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (!is_watchpoint (b) |
| && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint |
| && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */ |
| { |
| if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, |
| aspace, bp_addr)) |
| return 0; |
| if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */ |
| && section_is_overlay (bl->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the |
| reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on |
| some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction |
| in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has |
| been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger |
| (did not match the data address). */ |
| |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b) |
| && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| if (bl->address != bp_addr) |
| return 0; |
| if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */ |
| && section_is_overlay (bl->section) |
| && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_catchpoint) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL); |
| if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b)) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values |
| has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop |
| to 0. */ |
| static void |
| bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| const struct bp_location *bl; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ |
| bl = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| gdb_assert (bl != NULL); |
| b = bl->owner; |
| gdb_assert (b != NULL); |
| |
| if (is_watchpoint (b)) |
| { |
| int must_check_value = 0; |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_watchpoint) |
| /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the |
| watched value. */ |
| must_check_value = 1; |
| else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes) |
| /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access) |
| and the target earlier reported an address watched by |
| this watchpoint. */ |
| must_check_value = 1; |
| else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown |
| && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could |
| not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's |
| value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without |
| a data address, we can't figure it out. */ |
| must_check_value = 1; |
| |
| if (must_check_value) |
| { |
| char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n", |
| b->number); |
| struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); |
| int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message, |
| RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| switch (e) |
| { |
| case WP_DELETED: |
| /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ |
| bs->print_it = print_it_done; |
| /* Stop. */ |
| break; |
| case WP_IGNORE: |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| break; |
| case WP_VALUE_CHANGED: |
| if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) |
| { |
| /* There are two cases to consider here: |
| |
| 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads. |
| In that case, trust the target, and always report |
| the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though |
| reads don't cause value changes, the value may |
| have changed since the last time it was read, and |
| since we're not trapping writes, we will not see |
| those, and as such we should ignore our notion of |
| old value. |
| |
| 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both |
| reads and writes. There are two ways this may |
| happen: |
| |
| 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data |
| reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or |
| writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case |
| at the time we try to insert read watchpoints. |
| |
| 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read |
| watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write |
| watchpoint watching the same memory as this read |
| watchpoint. |
| |
| If we're watching memory writes as well as reads, |
| ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the |
| value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause |
| changes. This still gives false positives when |
| the program writes the same value to memory as |
| what there was already in memory (we will confuse |
| it for a read), but it's much better than |
| nothing. */ |
| |
| int other_write_watchpoint = 0; |
| |
| if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *other_b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b) |
| if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) |
| && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered |
| == watch_triggered_yes)) |
| { |
| other_write_watchpoint = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (other_write_watchpoint |
| || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access) |
| { |
| /* We're watching the same memory for writes, |
| and the value changed since the last time we |
| updated it, so this trap must be for a write. |
| Ignore it. */ |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED: |
| if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| || b->type == bp_watchpoint) |
| { |
| /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if |
| the value hasn't changed. */ |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| } |
| /* Stop. */ |
| break; |
| default: |
| /* Can't happen. */ |
| case 0: |
| /* Error from catch_errors. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number); |
| if (b->related_breakpoint) |
| b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ |
| bs->print_it = print_it_done; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| else /* must_check_value == 0 */ |
| { |
| /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but |
| not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no |
| watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print |
| anything for this watchpoint. */ |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count) |
| of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this |
| breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */ |
| static void |
| bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid) |
| { |
| int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); |
| const struct bp_location *bl; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ |
| bl = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| gdb_assert (bl != NULL); |
| b = bl->owner; |
| gdb_assert (b != NULL); |
| |
| if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id) |
| && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))) |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| else if (bs->stop) |
| { |
| int value_is_zero = 0; |
| struct expression *cond; |
| |
| /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated |
| watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the |
| out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next |
| iteration. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) |
| b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; |
| |
| if (is_watchpoint (b)) |
| cond = b->cond_exp; |
| else |
| cond = bl->cond; |
| |
| if (cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| { |
| int within_current_scope = 1; |
| |
| /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could |
| be a long time before we return to the command level and |
| call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values |
| because we might be in the middle of evaluating a |
| function call. */ |
| struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| |
| /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that |
| the conditions will have the right context. Because we |
| use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's |
| variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start |
| of the inlined function; the current frame will be the |
| call site. */ |
| if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL) |
| select_frame (get_current_frame ()); |
| else |
| { |
| struct frame_info *frame; |
| |
| /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular |
| instance of a local is being watched matters, so we |
| keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression |
| in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't |
| really matter which instantiation of the function |
| where the condition makes sense triggers the |
| watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch |
| global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to |
| global on all threads that call `func', or catch |
| writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single |
| thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in |
| the innermost frame that's executing where it makes |
| sense to evaluate the condition. It seems |
| intuitive. */ |
| frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block); |
| if (frame != NULL) |
| select_frame (frame); |
| else |
| within_current_scope = 0; |
| } |
| if (within_current_scope) |
| value_is_zero |
| = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond, |
| "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n", |
| RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| else |
| { |
| warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested " |
| "in the current scope")); |
| /* If we failed to set the right context for this |
| watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */ |
| value_is_zero = 0; |
| } |
| /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */ |
| value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| } |
| |
| if (cond && value_is_zero) |
| { |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| } |
| else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id) |
| { |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| } |
| else if (b->ignore_count > 0) |
| { |
| b->ignore_count--; |
| annotate_ignore_count_change (); |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| /* Increase the hit count even though we don't |
| stop. */ |
| ++(b->hit_count); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address |
| BP_ADDR in thread PTID. |
| |
| Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we |
| don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that: |
| |
| if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer. |
| |
| if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null. |
| |
| Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or |
| watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for |
| several reasons concurrently.) |
| |
| Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at, |
| commands, FIXME??? fields. */ |
| |
| bpstat |
| bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace, |
| CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = NULL; |
| struct bp_location *bl; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */ |
| struct bpstats root_bs[1]; |
| /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */ |
| bpstat bs = root_bs; |
| int ix; |
| int need_remove_insert; |
| |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across |
| update_global_location_list possibly executed by |
| bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */ |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| continue; |
| |
| for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) |
| { |
| /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location. |
| The watchpoint_check function will work on the entire expression, |
| not the individual locations. For read watchpoints, the |
| watchpoints_triggered function has checked all locations |
| already. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc) |
| break; |
| |
| if (bl->shlib_disabled) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */ |
| |
| bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */ |
| |
| /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually |
| triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset |
| 'stop' to 0. */ |
| bs->stop = 1; |
| bs->print = 1; |
| |
| bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs); |
| if (!bs->stop) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event |
| || b->type == bp_longjmp_master |
| || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) |
| /* We do not stop for these. */ |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| else |
| bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid); |
| |
| if (bs->stop) |
| { |
| ++(b->hit_count); |
| |
| /* We will stop here */ |
| if (b->disposition == disp_disable) |
| { |
| if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| } |
| if (b->silent) |
| bs->print = 0; |
| bs->commands = b->commands; |
| incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands); |
| bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL; |
| if (bs->commands_left |
| && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0 |
| || (xdb_commands |
| && strcmp ("Q", |
| bs->commands_left->line) == 0))) |
| { |
| bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next; |
| bs->print = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */ |
| if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0) |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) |
| { |
| if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address, |
| aspace, bp_addr)) |
| { |
| bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs); |
| /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */ |
| bs->stop = 0; |
| bs->print = 0; |
| bs->print_it = print_it_noop; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */ |
| |
| /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may |
| not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are |
| watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get |
| done later. */ |
| need_remove_insert = 0; |
| if (! bpstat_causes_stop (root_bs->next)) |
| for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| if (!bs->stop |
| && bs->breakpoint_at->owner |
| && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner)) |
| { |
| update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner, 0 /* don't reparse. */); |
| /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at. |
| Prevent further code from trying to use it. */ |
| bs->breakpoint_at = NULL; |
| need_remove_insert = 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (need_remove_insert) |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| return root_bs->next; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| handle_jit_event (void) |
| { |
| struct frame_info *frame; |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch; |
| |
| /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by |
| breakpoint_re_set. */ |
| target_terminal_ours_for_output (); |
| |
| frame = get_current_frame (); |
| gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame); |
| |
| jit_event_handler (gdbarch); |
| |
| target_terminal_inferior (); |
| } |
| |
| /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */ |
| |
| /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */ |
| |
| struct bpstat_what |
| bpstat_what (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| struct bpstat_what retval; |
| /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols |
| resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations, |
| and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */ |
| int shlib_event = 0; |
| int jit_event = 0; |
| |
| retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; |
| retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE; |
| |
| for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| { |
| /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check |
| if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */ |
| enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; |
| enum bptype bptype; |
| |
| if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL) |
| { |
| /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary |
| breakpoint which has since been deleted. */ |
| bptype = bp_none; |
| } |
| else if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL) |
| bptype = bp_none; |
| else |
| bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type; |
| |
| switch (bptype) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| break; |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| case bp_until: |
| case bp_finish: |
| if (bs->stop) |
| { |
| if (bs->print) |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; |
| else |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; |
| } |
| else |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; |
| break; |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| if (bs->stop) |
| { |
| if (bs->print) |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; |
| else |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping. |
| This requires no further action. */ |
| } |
| break; |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME; |
| break; |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME; |
| break; |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| if (bs->stop) |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME; |
| else |
| { |
| /* It is for the wrong frame. */ |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; |
| } |
| break; |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; |
| break; |
| case bp_catchpoint: |
| if (bs->stop) |
| { |
| if (bs->print) |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; |
| else |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping. |
| This requires no further action. */ |
| } |
| break; |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| shlib_event = 1; |
| |
| /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB |
| of events. This allows the user to get control and place |
| breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically |
| loaded objects (among other things). */ |
| if (stop_on_solib_events) |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; |
| else |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; |
| break; |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| jit_event = 1; |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; |
| break; |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), |
| so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ |
| retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY; |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; |
| break; |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), |
| so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ |
| retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE; |
| this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; |
| break; |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and |
| if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered |
| out already. */ |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered")); |
| default: |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype); |
| } |
| |
| retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action); |
| } |
| |
| if (shlib_event) |
| { |
| if (debug_infrun) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n"); |
| |
| /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed |
| to be adding them automatically. */ |
| |
| /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by |
| breakpoint_re_set. */ |
| target_terminal_ours_for_output (); |
| |
| #ifdef SOLIB_ADD |
| SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); |
| #else |
| solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); |
| #endif |
| |
| target_terminal_inferior (); |
| } |
| |
| if (jit_event) |
| { |
| if (debug_infrun) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n"); |
| |
| handle_jit_event (); |
| } |
| |
| return retval; |
| } |
| |
| /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines |
| without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat, |
| just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */ |
| |
| int |
| bpstat_should_step (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL) |
| return 1; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) |
| if (bs->stop) |
| return 1; |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */ |
| |
| static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct bp_location *loc, |
| char *wrap_indent, |
| struct ui_stream *stb) |
| { |
| struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space (); |
| |
| if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled) |
| loc = NULL; |
| |
| if (loc != NULL) |
| set_current_program_space (loc->pspace); |
| |
| if (b->source_file && loc) |
| { |
| struct symbol *sym |
| = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section); |
| if (sym) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "in "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", |
| SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); |
| ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); |
| } |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); |
| |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0); |
| char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); |
| |
| if (fullname) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname); |
| } |
| |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number); |
| } |
| else if (loc) |
| { |
| print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream, |
| demangle, ""); |
| ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb); |
| } |
| else |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */ |
| static void |
| print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct bp_location *loc, |
| int loc_number, |
| struct bp_location **last_loc, |
| int print_address_bits, |
| int allflag) |
| { |
| struct command_line *l; |
| struct ep_type_description |
| { |
| enum bptype type; |
| char *description; |
| }; |
| static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] = |
| { |
| {bp_none, "?deleted?"}, |
| {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"}, |
| {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"}, |
| {bp_until, "until"}, |
| {bp_finish, "finish"}, |
| {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"}, |
| {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"}, |
| {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"}, |
| {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"}, |
| {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"}, |
| {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"}, |
| {bp_step_resume, "step resume"}, |
| {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"}, |
| {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"}, |
| {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"}, |
| {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"}, |
| {bp_thread_event, "thread events"}, |
| {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"}, |
| {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"}, |
| {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"}, |
| {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"}, |
| {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"}, |
| {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"}, |
| {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"}, |
| {bp_jit_event, "jit events"}, |
| }; |
| |
| static char bpenables[] = "nynny"; |
| char wrap_indent[80]; |
| struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
| struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); |
| struct cleanup *bkpt_chain; |
| |
| int header_of_multiple = 0; |
| int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL); |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| |
| gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0); |
| /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning |
| treatment of breakpoints with single disabled |
| location. */ |
| if (loc == NULL |
| && (b->loc != NULL |
| && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled))) |
| header_of_multiple = 1; |
| if (loc == NULL) |
| loc = b->loc; |
| |
| annotate_record (); |
| bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt"); |
| |
| /* 1 */ |
| annotate_field (0); |
| if (part_of_multiple) |
| { |
| char *formatted; |
| formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted); |
| xfree (formatted); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* 2 */ |
| annotate_field (1); |
| if (part_of_multiple) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type"); |
| else |
| { |
| if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) |
| || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."), |
| (int) b->type); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description); |
| } |
| |
| /* 3 */ |
| annotate_field (2); |
| if (part_of_multiple) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp"); |
| else |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); |
| |
| |
| /* 4 */ |
| annotate_field (3); |
| if (part_of_multiple) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"); |
| else |
| ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", |
| bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]); |
| ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2); |
| |
| |
| /* 5 and 6 */ |
| strcpy (wrap_indent, " "); |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| { |
| if (print_address_bits <= 32) |
| strcat (wrap_indent, " "); |
| else |
| strcat (wrap_indent, " "); |
| } |
| |
| if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Although the print_one can possibly print |
| all locations, calling it here is not likely |
| to get any nice result. So, make sure there's |
| just one location. */ |
| gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL); |
| b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc); |
| } |
| else |
| switch (b->type) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n")); |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns |
| not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect |
| is relatively readable). */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string); |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| case bp_until: |
| case bp_finish: |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| { |
| annotate_field (4); |
| if (header_of_multiple) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>"); |
| else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); |
| else |
| ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", |
| loc->gdbarch, loc->address); |
| } |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (!header_of_multiple) |
| print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb); |
| if (b->loc) |
| *last_loc = b->loc; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there |
| are several. */ |
| if (loc != NULL |
| && !header_of_multiple |
| && (allflag |
| || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) |
| && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1 |
| || number_of_inferiors () > 1) |
| /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in moribund_locations and |
| thus having NULL OWNER. */ |
| && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))) |
| { |
| struct inferior *inf; |
| int first = 1; |
| |
| for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next) |
| { |
| if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace) |
| { |
| if (first) |
| { |
| first = 0; |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " inf "); |
| } |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple) |
| { |
| if (b->thread != -1) |
| { |
| /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the |
| "stop only in" line a little further down. */ |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " thread "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); |
| } |
| else if (b->task != 0) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " task "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint); |
| |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id", |
| b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id)) |
| { |
| annotate_field (6); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at "); |
| /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside |
| the frame ID. */ |
| ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", |
| b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b)) |
| { |
| /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints |
| because the condition is an internal implementation detail |
| that we do not want to expose to the user. */ |
| annotate_field (7); |
| if (is_tracepoint (b)) |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if "); |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1) |
| { |
| /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */ |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count) |
| { |
| /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */ |
| if (ep_is_catchpoint (b)) |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint"); |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); |
| if (b->hit_count == 1) |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n"); |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n"); |
| } |
| |
| /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is |
| mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */ |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0) |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count) |
| { |
| annotate_field (8); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n"); |
| } |
| |
| l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; |
| if (!part_of_multiple && l) |
| { |
| struct cleanup *script_chain; |
| |
| annotate_field (9); |
| script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script"); |
| print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4); |
| do_cleanups (script_chain); |
| } |
| |
| if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count) |
| { |
| annotate_field (10); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple) |
| { |
| if (b->addr_string) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string); |
| else if (b->exp_string) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string); |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (bkpt_chain); |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct bp_location **last_loc, int print_address_bits, |
| int allflag) |
| { |
| print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, |
| print_address_bits, allflag); |
| |
| /* If this breakpoint has custom print function, |
| it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual |
| locations, if any. */ |
| if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL) |
| { |
| /* If breakpoint has a single location that is |
| disabled, we print it as if it had |
| several locations, since otherwise it's hard to |
| represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled" |
| situation. |
| Note that while hardware watchpoints have |
| several locations internally, that's no a property |
| exposed to user. */ |
| if (b->loc |
| && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b) |
| && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled) |
| && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| int n = 1; |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n) |
| print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, |
| print_address_bits, allflag); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| int print_address_bits = 0; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| { |
| int addr_bit; |
| |
| /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have |
| an address to print. */ |
| if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1) |
| continue; |
| |
| addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch); |
| if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) |
| print_address_bits = addr_bit; |
| } |
| |
| return print_address_bits; |
| } |
| |
| struct captured_breakpoint_query_args |
| { |
| int bnum; |
| }; |
| |
| static int |
| do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data) |
| { |
| struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (args->bnum == b->number) |
| { |
| int print_address_bits = breakpoint_address_bits (b); |
| |
| print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, print_address_bits, 0); |
| return GDB_RC_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| return GDB_RC_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| enum gdb_rc |
| gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message) |
| { |
| struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args; |
| |
| args.bnum = bnum; |
| /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw |
| an error. */ |
| if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args, |
| error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0) |
| return GDB_RC_FAIL; |
| else |
| return GDB_RC_OK; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints, |
| catchpoints, et.al.). */ |
| |
| static int |
| user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return (b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_catchpoint |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint |
| || is_tracepoint (b) |
| || is_watchpoint (b)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc) |
| number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints. |
| If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If |
| FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the |
| ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of |
| breakpoints listed. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag, int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL; |
| int nr_printable_breakpoints; |
| struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain; |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| int print_address_bits = 0; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| |
| /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the |
| size required for address fields. */ |
| nr_printable_breakpoints = 0; |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (bnum == -1 |
| || bnum == b->number) |
| { |
| /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ |
| if (filter && !filter (b)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b)) |
| { |
| int addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b); |
| if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) |
| print_address_bits = addr_bit; |
| |
| nr_printable_breakpoints++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| bkpttbl_chain |
| = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, |
| "BreakpointTable"); |
| else |
| bkpttbl_chain |
| = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, |
| "BreakpointTable"); |
| |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_breakpoints_headers (); |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (0); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (1); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (2); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (3); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| { |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (4); |
| if (print_address_bits <= 32) |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
| else |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
| } |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ |
| ui_out_table_body (uiout); |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) |
| annotate_breakpoints_table (); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| QUIT; |
| if (bnum == -1 |
| || bnum == b->number) |
| { |
| /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ |
| if (filter && !filter (b)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the |
| allflag is set. */ |
| if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b)) |
| print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, print_address_bits, allflag); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain); |
| |
| if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0) |
| { |
| /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report empty list. */ |
| if (!filter) |
| { |
| if (bnum == -1) |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n"); |
| else |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n", |
| bnum); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (last_loc && !server_command) |
| set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address); |
| } |
| |
| /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when |
| there have been breakpoints? */ |
| annotate_breakpoints_table_end (); |
| |
| return nr_printable_breakpoints; |
| } |
| |
| /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally |
| compatible with the breakpoint list. */ |
| |
| static void |
| default_collect_info (void) |
| { |
| /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a |
| message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's |
| not wanted. */ |
| if (!*default_collect) |
| return; |
| |
| /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect |
| actions. */ |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int bnum = -1; |
| |
| if (bnum_exp) |
| bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp); |
| |
| breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0, NULL); |
| |
| default_collect_info (); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int wpnum = -1, num_printed; |
| |
| if (wpnum_exp) |
| wpnum = parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp); |
| |
| num_printed = breakpoint_1 (wpnum, 0, is_watchpoint); |
| |
| if (num_printed == 0) |
| { |
| if (wpnum == -1) |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n"); |
| else |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int bnum = -1; |
| |
| if (bnum_exp) |
| bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp); |
| |
| breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1, NULL); |
| |
| default_collect_info (); |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct program_space *pspace, |
| CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; |
| |
| for (; bl; bl = bl->next) |
| { |
| if (bl->pspace == pspace |
| && bl->address == pc |
| && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section)) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This |
| concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not |
| address spaces. */ |
| |
| static void |
| describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc, |
| struct obj_section *section, int thread) |
| { |
| int others = 0; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section); |
| if (others > 0) |
| { |
| if (others == 1) |
| printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint ")); |
| else /* if (others == ???) */ |
| printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints ")); |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section)) |
| { |
| others--; |
| printf_filtered ("%d", b->number); |
| if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1) |
| printf_filtered (" (all threads)"); |
| else if (b->thread != -1) |
| printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread); |
| printf_filtered ("%s%s ", |
| ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled |
| || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled |
| || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) |
| ? " (disabled)" |
| : b->enable_state == bp_permanent |
| ? " (permanent)" |
| : ""), |
| (others > 1) ? "," |
| : ((others == 1) ? " and" : "")); |
| } |
| printf_filtered (_("also set at pc ")); |
| fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout); |
| printf_filtered (".\n"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint |
| for the `break' command with no arguments. */ |
| |
| void |
| set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace, |
| CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab, |
| int line) |
| { |
| default_breakpoint_valid = valid; |
| default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace; |
| default_breakpoint_address = addr; |
| default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab; |
| default_breakpoint_line = line; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of |
| BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant |
| and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses |
| (or use it for any other purpose either). |
| |
| More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always |
| have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of |
| these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero: |
| |
| bp_watchpoint |
| bp_catchpoint |
| |
| */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| enum bptype type = bpt->type; |
| |
| return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns |
| true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */ |
| |
| static int |
| watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2) |
| { |
| /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */ |
| gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL); |
| gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL); |
| |
| /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware, then we |
| we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at the same place. |
| Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when the condition of whichever |
| watchpoint was inserted evaluates to true, not giving a chance for GDB to |
| check the condition of the other watchpoint. */ |
| if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp |
| && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address, loc1->length, |
| loc1->watchpoint_type, |
| loc1->owner->cond_exp)) |
| || (loc2->owner->cond_exp |
| && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address, loc2->length, |
| loc2->watchpoint_type, |
| loc2->owner->cond_exp))) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In |
| case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does |
| support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint |
| watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered |
| duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will |
| become hw_access locations later. */ |
| return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type |
| && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace |
| && loc1->address == loc2->address |
| && loc1->length == loc2->length); |
| } |
| |
| /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the |
| same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true |
| if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global |
| breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1, |
| struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2) |
| { |
| return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) |
| || aspace1 == aspace2) |
| && addr1 == addr2); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses |
| (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 |
| represent the same location. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2) |
| { |
| int hw_point1, hw_point2; |
| |
| /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */ |
| gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL); |
| gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL); |
| |
| hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner); |
| hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner); |
| |
| if (hw_point1 != hw_point2) |
| return 0; |
| else if (hw_point1) |
| return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2); |
| else |
| return breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address, |
| loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr, |
| int bnum, int have_bnum) |
| { |
| char astr1[40]; |
| char astr2[40]; |
| |
| strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8)); |
| strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8)); |
| if (have_bnum) |
| warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."), |
| bnum, astr1, astr2); |
| else |
| warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2); |
| } |
| |
| /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints |
| on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very |
| few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets, |
| this function is simply the identity function. */ |
| |
| static CORE_ADDR |
| adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype) |
| { |
| if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch)) |
| { |
| /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */ |
| return bpaddr; |
| } |
| else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint |
| || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint |
| || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint |
| || bptype == bp_catchpoint) |
| { |
| /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not |
| have their addresses modified. */ |
| return bpaddr; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr; |
| |
| /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement |
| of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */ |
| adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr); |
| |
| /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter |
| a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment |
| is required. */ |
| if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr) |
| breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0); |
| |
| return adjusted_bpaddr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */ |
| |
| static struct bp_location * |
| allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location)); |
| memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc)); |
| |
| loc->owner = bpt; |
| loc->cond = NULL; |
| loc->shlib_disabled = 0; |
| loc->enabled = 1; |
| |
| switch (bpt->type) |
| { |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_until: |
| case bp_finish: |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; |
| break; |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; |
| break; |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint; |
| break; |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_catchpoint: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other; |
| break; |
| default: |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type")); |
| } |
| |
| return loc; |
| } |
| |
| static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */ |
| /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? |
| We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just |
| remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list |
| entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat; |
| if we remove it here, then the later call to |
| bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); |
| in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints |
| with commands won't work. */ |
| |
| iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback, loc); |
| |
| if (loc->cond) |
| xfree (loc->cond); |
| |
| if (loc->function_name) |
| xfree (loc->function_name); |
| |
| xfree (loc); |
| } |
| |
| /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint |
| that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */ |
| /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint * |
| set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| enum bptype bptype) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *b1; |
| |
| b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint)); |
| memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b)); |
| |
| b->type = bptype; |
| b->gdbarch = gdbarch; |
| b->language = current_language->la_language; |
| b->input_radix = input_radix; |
| b->thread = -1; |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| b->next = 0; |
| b->silent = 0; |
| b->ignore_count = 0; |
| b->commands = NULL; |
| b->frame_id = null_frame_id; |
| b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid; |
| b->exec_pathname = NULL; |
| b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL; |
| b->ops = NULL; |
| b->condition_not_parsed = 0; |
| |
| /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain |
| so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order |
| of increasing numbers. */ |
| |
| b1 = breakpoint_chain; |
| if (b1 == 0) |
| breakpoint_chain = b; |
| else |
| { |
| while (b1->next) |
| b1 = b1->next; |
| b1->next = b; |
| } |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialize loc->function_name. */ |
| static void |
| set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL); |
| |
| if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint |
| || is_tracepoint (loc->owner)) |
| { |
| find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name), |
| NULL, NULL); |
| if (loc->function_name) |
| loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */ |
| static struct gdbarch * |
| get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal) |
| { |
| if (sal.section) |
| return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile); |
| if (sal.symtab) |
| return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile); |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and |
| partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly |
| created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line |
| number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially |
| initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and |
| is also returned as the value of this function. |
| |
| It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of |
| the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status |
| information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In |
| particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint |
| number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur |
| prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this |
| should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, bptype); |
| CORE_ADDR adjusted_address; |
| struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch; |
| |
| loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); |
| if (!loc_gdbarch) |
| loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch; |
| |
| if (bptype != bp_catchpoint) |
| gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL); |
| |
| /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location. |
| Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized |
| location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the |
| breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do |
| not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and |
| location that's only been partially initialized. */ |
| adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch, sal.pc, b->type); |
| |
| b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b); |
| b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch; |
| b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc; |
| b->loc->address = adjusted_address; |
| b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace; |
| |
| /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for |
| breakpoint resetting. */ |
| b->pspace = sal.pspace; |
| |
| if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| b->source_file = NULL; |
| else |
| b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename); |
| b->loc->section = sal.section; |
| b->line_number = sal.line; |
| |
| set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc); |
| |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint |
| instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */ |
| void |
| make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bl; |
| |
| b->enable_state = bp_permanent; |
| |
| /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code. |
| Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent |
| is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable |
| to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not, |
| but it's easy to implmement. */ |
| for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) |
| bl->inserted = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint |
| if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call |
| set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */ |
| |
| void |
| set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step, |
| we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled |
| longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary |
| clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->pspace == current_program_space |
| && b->type == bp_longjmp_master) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b); |
| |
| clone->type = bp_longjmp; |
| clone->thread = thread; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */ |
| void |
| delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->type == bp_longjmp) |
| { |
| if (b->thread == thread) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| enable_overlay_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| overlay_events_enabled = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| disable_overlay_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| overlay_events_enabled = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate |
| master breakpoint. */ |
| void |
| set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->pspace == current_program_space |
| && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b); |
| clone->type = bp_std_terminate; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */ |
| void |
| delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->type == bp_std_terminate) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event); |
| |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */ |
| b->addr_string |
| = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); |
| |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->type == bp_thread_event |
| && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args |
| { |
| char **arg_p; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p; |
| char ***addr_string_p; |
| int *not_found_ptr; |
| }; |
| |
| struct lang_and_radix |
| { |
| enum language lang; |
| int radix; |
| }; |
| |
| /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event); |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| if (b->type == bp_shlib_event |
| && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event); |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only |
| apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */ |
| |
| void |
| disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) |
| { |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; |
| |
| /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled |
| for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint |
| becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert |
| all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try |
| to insert those breakpoints and fail. */ |
| if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) |
| || (b->type == bp_jit_event) |
| || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| || (is_tracepoint (b))) |
| && loc->pspace == current_program_space |
| && !loc->shlib_disabled |
| #ifdef PC_SOLIB |
| && PC_SOLIB (loc->address) |
| #else |
| && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address) |
| #endif |
| ) |
| { |
| loc->shlib_disabled = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only |
| apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */ |
| |
| static void |
| disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; |
| int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0; |
| |
| /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not |
| disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded |
| through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library |
| list. See clear_solib for more information. */ |
| if (exec_bfd != NULL |
| && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour) |
| return; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) |
| { |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; |
| |
| if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint |
| || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint) |
| && solib->pspace == loc->pspace |
| && !loc->shlib_disabled |
| && (b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_jit_event |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address)) |
| { |
| loc->shlib_disabled = 1; |
| /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint |
| succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted |
| to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */ |
| loc->inserted = 0; |
| if (!disabled_shlib_breaks) |
| { |
| target_terminal_ours_for_output (); |
| warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""), |
| solib->so_name); |
| } |
| disabled_shlib_breaks = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */ |
| |
| /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "), |
| b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| |
| /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns |
| not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect |
| is relatively readable). */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "fork"); |
| if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", |
| ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); |
| ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork"); |
| } |
| |
| /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops = |
| { |
| insert_catch_fork, |
| remove_catch_fork, |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_fork, |
| print_it_catch_fork, |
| print_one_catch_fork, |
| print_mention_catch_fork, |
| print_recreate_catch_fork |
| }; |
| |
| /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "), |
| b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns |
| not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect |
| is relatively readable). */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork"); |
| if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", |
| ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); |
| ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork"); |
| } |
| |
| /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops = |
| { |
| insert_catch_vfork, |
| remove_catch_vfork, |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork, |
| print_it_catch_vfork, |
| print_one_catch_vfork, |
| print_mention_catch_vfork, |
| print_recreate_catch_vfork |
| }; |
| |
| /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); |
| |
| ++inf->total_syscalls_count; |
| if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| ++inf->any_syscall_count; |
| else |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| { |
| int elem; |
| |
| if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts)) |
| { |
| int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts); |
| uintptr_t vec_addr_offset = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int)); |
| uintptr_t vec_addr; |
| VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1); |
| vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) + |
| vec_addr_offset; |
| memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0, |
| (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int)); |
| } |
| elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter); |
| VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), |
| inf->total_syscalls_count != 0, |
| inf->any_syscall_count, |
| VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts), |
| VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); |
| |
| --inf->total_syscalls_count; |
| if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| --inf->any_syscall_count; |
| else |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| { |
| int elem; |
| if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts)) |
| /* Shouldn't happen. */ |
| continue; |
| elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter); |
| VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), |
| inf->total_syscalls_count != 0, |
| inf->any_syscall_count, |
| VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts), |
| VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint. |
| If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same |
| syscall we are catching. */ |
| int syscall_number = 0; |
| |
| if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */ |
| if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| if (syscall_number == iter) |
| break; |
| /* Not the same. */ |
| if (!iter) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a |
| syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY |
| or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we |
| must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */ |
| ptid_t ptid; |
| struct target_waitstatus last; |
| struct syscall s; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| char *syscall_id; |
| |
| get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last); |
| |
| get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s); |
| |
| annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| |
| if (s.name == NULL) |
| syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number); |
| else |
| syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name); |
| |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id); |
| |
| if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY) |
| printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "), |
| b->number, syscall_id); |
| else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN) |
| printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "), |
| b->number, syscall_id); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns |
| not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect |
| is relatively readable). */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); |
| annotate_field (5); |
| |
| if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught |
| && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \""); |
| else |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \""); |
| |
| if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", ""); |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| { |
| char *x = text; |
| struct syscall s; |
| get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); |
| |
| if (s.name != NULL) |
| text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name); |
| else |
| text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter); |
| |
| /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x') |
| because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it |
| on every call. */ |
| xfree (x); |
| } |
| /* Remove the last comma. */ |
| text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0'; |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text); |
| } |
| else |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>"); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| |
| if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number); |
| else |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number); |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| { |
| struct syscall s; |
| get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); |
| |
| if (s.name) |
| printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number); |
| else |
| printf_filtered (" %d", s.number); |
| } |
| printf_filtered (")"); |
| } |
| else |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"), |
| b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall"); |
| |
| if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| { |
| struct syscall s; |
| |
| get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); |
| if (s.name) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name); |
| else |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops = |
| { |
| insert_catch_syscall, |
| remove_catch_syscall, |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall, |
| print_it_catch_syscall, |
| print_one_catch_syscall, |
| print_mention_catch_syscall, |
| print_recreate_catch_syscall |
| }; |
| |
| /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */ |
| |
| static int |
| syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it, |
| but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list. |
| This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the |
| struct breakpoint before calling mention. |
| |
| If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. |
| If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. |
| OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated |
| to the catchpoint. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint * |
| create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag, |
| char *cond_string, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| init_sal (&sal); |
| sal.pspace = current_program_space; |
| |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint); |
| set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); |
| b->number = breakpoint_count; |
| |
| b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string); |
| b->thread = -1; |
| b->addr_string = NULL; |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; |
| b->ops = ops; |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it. |
| |
| If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. |
| If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. |
| OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated |
| to the catchpoint. */ |
| |
| static struct breakpoint * |
| create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag, |
| char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = |
| create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops); |
| |
| mention (b); |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| int tempflag, char *cond_string, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b |
| = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops); |
| |
| /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data |
| area. */ |
| b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid; |
| } |
| |
| /* Exec catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname); |
| } |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number, |
| b->exec_pathname); |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| |
| /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns |
| not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect |
| is relatively readable). */ |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); |
| annotate_field (5); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "exec"); |
| if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) |
| { |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \""); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec |
| catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| { |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec"); |
| } |
| |
| static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops = |
| { |
| insert_catch_exec, |
| remove_catch_exec, |
| breakpoint_hit_catch_exec, |
| print_it_catch_exec, |
| print_one_catch_exec, |
| print_mention_catch_exec, |
| print_recreate_catch_exec |
| }; |
| |
| static void |
| create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| struct breakpoint *b = |
| create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops); |
| |
| b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter; |
| |
| /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global |
| location list. */ |
| mention (b); |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| hw_breakpoint_used_count (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| int i = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b)) |
| i++; |
| } |
| |
| return i; |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| int i = 0; |
| |
| *other_type_used = 0; |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (breakpoint_enabled (b)) |
| { |
| if (b->type == type) |
| i++; |
| else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) |
| *other_type_used = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| return i; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b)) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled; |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| int found = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != current_program_space) |
| continue; |
| |
| if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| && breakpoint_enabled (b)) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; |
| found = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (found) |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| |
| current_program_space->executing_startup = 1; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| int found = 0; |
| |
| current_program_space->executing_startup = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (b->pspace != current_program_space) |
| continue; |
| |
| if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) |
| { |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| found = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (found) |
| breakpoint_re_set (); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command |
| at address specified by SAL. |
| Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal, |
| struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined |
| one. */ |
| gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id)); |
| |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| b->disposition = disp_donttouch; |
| b->frame_id = frame_id; |
| |
| /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we |
| want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a |
| single thread of control. */ |
| if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) |
| b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); |
| |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); |
| |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if |
| ORIG is NULL. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *copy; |
| |
| /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */ |
| if (orig == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type); |
| copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy); |
| set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc); |
| |
| copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch; |
| copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address; |
| copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address; |
| copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section; |
| copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace; |
| |
| if (orig->source_file == NULL) |
| copy->source_file = NULL; |
| else |
| copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file); |
| |
| copy->line_number = orig->line_number; |
| copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id; |
| copy->thread = orig->thread; |
| copy->pspace = orig->pspace; |
| |
| copy->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| copy->disposition = disp_donttouch; |
| copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; |
| |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (0); |
| return copy; |
| } |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, |
| enum bptype type) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| |
| sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); |
| sal.pc = pc; |
| sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc); |
| sal.explicit_pc = 1; |
| |
| return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */ |
| |
| static void |
| mention (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| int say_where = 0; |
| struct cleanup *ui_out_chain; |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| |
| /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like |
| hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should |
| be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the |
| random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */ |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number); |
| |
| if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL) |
| b->ops->print_mention (b); |
| else |
| switch (b->type) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number); |
| break; |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint "); |
| ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); |
| do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); |
| break; |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint "); |
| ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); |
| do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); |
| break; |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint "); |
| ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt"); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); |
| do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); |
| break; |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint "); |
| ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt"); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); |
| do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); |
| break; |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| say_where = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (b->disposition == disp_del) |
| printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint")); |
| else |
| printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint")); |
| printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); |
| say_where = 1; |
| break; |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| say_where = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number); |
| say_where = 1; |
| break; |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| say_where = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint")); |
| printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); |
| say_where = 1; |
| break; |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| say_where = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint")); |
| printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); |
| say_where = 1; |
| break; |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| say_where = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint")); |
| printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); |
| say_where = 1; |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_until: |
| case bp_finish: |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (say_where) |
| { |
| /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a |
| single string. */ |
| if (b->loc == NULL) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (" at "); |
| fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address), |
| gdb_stdout); |
| } |
| if (b->source_file) |
| printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.", |
| b->source_file, b->line_number); |
| |
| if (b->loc->next) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; |
| int n = 0; |
| for (; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| ++n; |
| printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n); |
| } |
| |
| } |
| } |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| return; |
| printf_filtered ("\n"); |
| } |
| |
| |
| static struct bp_location * |
| add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, |
| const struct symtab_and_line *sal) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; |
| |
| loc = allocate_bp_location (b); |
| for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) |
| ; |
| *tmp = loc; |
| loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal); |
| if (!loc->gdbarch) |
| loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch; |
| loc->requested_address = sal->pc; |
| loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch, |
| loc->requested_address, b->type); |
| loc->pspace = sal->pspace; |
| gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL); |
| loc->section = sal->section; |
| |
| set_breakpoint_location_function (loc); |
| return loc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint, |
| return 0 otherwise. */ |
| |
| static int |
| bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| int len; |
| CORE_ADDR addr; |
| const gdb_byte *brk; |
| gdb_byte *target_mem; |
| struct cleanup *cleanup; |
| int retval = 0; |
| |
| gdb_assert (loc != NULL); |
| |
| addr = loc->address; |
| brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len); |
| |
| /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */ |
| if (brk == NULL) |
| return 0; |
| |
| target_mem = alloca (len); |
| |
| /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while |
| we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary |
| breakpoints they are permanent. */ |
| cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace); |
| make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0); |
| |
| if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0 |
| && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0) |
| retval = 1; |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| |
| return retval; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING |
| as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING |
| as condition expression. */ |
| |
| static void |
| create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string, |
| char *cond_string, |
| enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, |
| int thread, int task, int ignore_count, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b = NULL; |
| int i; |
| |
| if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); |
| int target_resources_ok = |
| target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, |
| i + 1, 0); |
| if (target_resources_ok == 0) |
| error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); |
| else if (target_resources_ok < 0) |
| error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); |
| } |
| |
| gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i]; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| if (from_tty) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); |
| if (!loc_gdbarch) |
| loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; |
| |
| describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, |
| sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread); |
| } |
| |
| if (i == 0) |
| { |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); |
| set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); |
| b->number = breakpoint_count; |
| b->thread = thread; |
| b->task = task; |
| |
| b->cond_string = cond_string; |
| b->ignore_count = ignore_count; |
| b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; |
| b->disposition = disposition; |
| b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace; |
| |
| if (type == bp_static_tracepoint) |
| { |
| struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; |
| |
| if (is_marker_spec (addr_string)) |
| { |
| /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we |
| wouldn't see a sal for it. */ |
| char *p = &addr_string[3]; |
| char *endp; |
| char *marker_str; |
| int i; |
| |
| while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') |
| p++; |
| |
| endp = p; |
| while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') |
| endp++; |
| |
| marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); |
| b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str; |
| |
| printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"), |
| b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| } |
| else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker)) |
| { |
| b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); |
| release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); |
| |
| printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"), |
| b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| } |
| else |
| warning (_("\ |
| Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe")); |
| } |
| |
| if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup |
| && (b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)) |
| b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; |
| |
| loc = b->loc; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal); |
| } |
| |
| if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc)) |
| make_breakpoint_permanent (b); |
| |
| if (b->cond_string) |
| { |
| char *arg = b->cond_string; |
| loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); |
| if (*arg) |
| error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (addr_string) |
| b->addr_string = addr_string; |
| else |
| /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete |
| me. */ |
| b->addr_string |
| = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); |
| |
| b->ops = ops; |
| mention (b); |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other |
| elements to fill the void space. */ |
| static void |
| remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove) |
| { |
| int i = index_to_remove+1; |
| int last_index = sal->nelts-1; |
| |
| for (;i <= last_index; ++i) |
| sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i]; |
| |
| --(sal->nelts); |
| } |
| |
| /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file |
| and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs, |
| will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care |
| about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have |
| explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a |
| single expanded sal, return the original. |
| |
| Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for |
| which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This |
| makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template |
| instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at |
| the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */ |
| |
| static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal) |
| { |
| struct symtabs_and_lines expanded; |
| CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc; |
| char *original_function = NULL; |
| int found; |
| int i; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand. |
| If we have no line number, we can't expand. */ |
| if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL) |
| { |
| expanded.nelts = 1; |
| expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| expanded.sals[0] = sal; |
| return expanded; |
| } |
| |
| sal.pc = 0; |
| |
| old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace); |
| |
| find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL); |
| |
| /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */ |
| expanded = expand_line_sal (sal); |
| |
| if (expanded.nelts == 1) |
| { |
| /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it |
| past the function prologue if necessary. */ |
| xfree (expanded.sals); |
| expanded.nelts = 1; |
| expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| sal.pc = original_pc; |
| expanded.sals[0] = sal; |
| skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]); |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| return expanded; |
| } |
| |
| if (!sal.explicit_line) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end; |
| for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc; |
| char *this_function; |
| |
| /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to |
| read memory. */ |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace); |
| |
| if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function, |
| &func_addr, &func_end)) |
| { |
| if (this_function |
| && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0) |
| { |
| remove_sal (&expanded, i); |
| --i; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */ |
| for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) |
| skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| if (expanded.nelts <= 1) |
| { |
| /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero |
| expanded sals then something is really wrong. |
| Fix that by returnign the original sal. */ |
| xfree (expanded.sals); |
| expanded.nelts = 1; |
| expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| sal.pc = original_pc; |
| expanded.sals[0] = sal; |
| return expanded; |
| } |
| |
| if (original_pc) |
| { |
| found = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) |
| if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc) |
| { |
| found = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| gdb_assert (found); |
| } |
| |
| return expanded; |
| } |
| |
| /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each |
| SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i] |
| value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be |
| used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where |
| SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded |
| function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify |
| separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so |
| we take just a single condition string. |
| |
| NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup |
| the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the |
| array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the |
| caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, |
| COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */ |
| |
| static void |
| create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string, |
| char *cond_string, |
| enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, |
| int thread, int task, int ignore_count, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, |
| int enabled) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) |
| { |
| struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = |
| expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]); |
| |
| create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i], |
| cond_string, type, disposition, |
| thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly |
| followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL |
| addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical) |
| address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */ |
| |
| static void |
| parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address, |
| struct symtabs_and_lines *sals, |
| char ***addr_string, |
| int *not_found_ptr) |
| { |
| char *addr_start = *address; |
| |
| *addr_string = NULL; |
| /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default |
| breakpoint. */ |
| if ((*address) == NULL |
| || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2]))) |
| { |
| if (default_breakpoint_valid) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| |
| init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ |
| sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address; |
| sal.line = default_breakpoint_line; |
| sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab; |
| sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace; |
| sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc); |
| |
| /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is |
| the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set |
| sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of |
| sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line. |
| */ |
| sal.explicit_pc = 1; |
| |
| sals->sals[0] = sal; |
| sals->nelts = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| error (_("No default breakpoint address now.")); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the |
| current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This |
| should produce the results we want almost all of the time while |
| leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. |
| ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which |
| may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */ |
| |
| struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line (); |
| |
| if (default_breakpoint_valid |
| && (!cursal.symtab |
| || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL) |
| && ((*address)[1] != '[')))) |
| *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab, |
| default_breakpoint_line, addr_string, |
| not_found_ptr); |
| else |
| *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, |
| addr_string, not_found_ptr); |
| } |
| /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */ |
| if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL) |
| *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **)); |
| if (addr_start != (*address)) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) |
| { |
| /* Add the string if not present. */ |
| if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL) |
| (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, |
| (*address) - addr_start); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be |
| inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */ |
| |
| static void |
| breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) |
| resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]); |
| } |
| |
| /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For |
| instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will |
| likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can |
| only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a |
| multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of |
| it, etc. */ |
| |
| static void |
| check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) |
| { |
| int i, rslt; |
| struct symtab_and_line *sal; |
| char *msg; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) |
| { |
| sal = &sals->sals[i]; |
| |
| rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc, |
| NULL, &msg); |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg); |
| |
| if (!rslt) |
| error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"), |
| paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : "")); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data) |
| { |
| struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data; |
| |
| parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p, |
| args->not_found_ptr); |
| } |
| |
| /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as |
| accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition |
| string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD. |
| PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed. |
| If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL. |
| If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */ |
| static void |
| find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc, |
| char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task) |
| { |
| *cond_string = NULL; |
| *thread = -1; |
| while (tok && *tok) |
| { |
| char *end_tok; |
| int toklen; |
| char *cond_start = NULL; |
| char *cond_end = NULL; |
| |
| while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') |
| tok++; |
| |
| end_tok = tok; |
| |
| while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') |
| end_tok++; |
| |
| toklen = end_tok - tok; |
| |
| if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) |
| { |
| struct expression *expr; |
| |
| tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; |
| expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0); |
| xfree (expr); |
| cond_end = tok; |
| *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, |
| cond_end - cond_start); |
| } |
| else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0) |
| { |
| char *tmptok; |
| |
| tok = end_tok + 1; |
| tmptok = tok; |
| *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0); |
| if (tok == tmptok) |
| error (_("Junk after thread keyword.")); |
| if (!valid_thread_id (*thread)) |
| error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread); |
| } |
| else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0) |
| { |
| char *tmptok; |
| |
| tok = end_tok + 1; |
| tmptok = tok; |
| *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0); |
| if (tok == tmptok) |
| error (_("Junk after task keyword.")); |
| if (!valid_task_id (*task)) |
| error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task); |
| } |
| else |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */ |
| |
| static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p) |
| { |
| VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| struct symbol *sym; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| char *p = &(*arg_p)[3]; |
| char *endp; |
| char *marker_str; |
| int i; |
| |
| while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') |
| p++; |
| |
| endp = p; |
| while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') |
| endp++; |
| |
| marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str); |
| |
| markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str); |
| if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) |
| error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str); |
| |
| sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers); |
| sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) |
| { |
| struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker; |
| |
| marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i); |
| |
| init_sal (&sals.sals[i]); |
| |
| sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0); |
| sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address; |
| |
| release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker); |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| *arg_p = endp; |
| return sals; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI |
| functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major |
| modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD |
| parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting |
| breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the |
| location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the |
| COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint |
| was created; false otherwise. */ |
| |
| int |
| create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread, |
| int parse_condition_and_thread, |
| int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted, |
| int ignore_count, |
| enum auto_boolean pending_break_support, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops, |
| int from_tty, |
| int enabled) |
| { |
| struct gdb_exception e; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| struct symtab_and_line pending_sal; |
| char *copy_arg; |
| char *addr_start = arg; |
| char **addr_string; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL; |
| struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args; |
| int i; |
| int pending = 0; |
| int not_found = 0; |
| int task = 0; |
| int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count; |
| |
| sals.sals = NULL; |
| sals.nelts = 0; |
| addr_string = NULL; |
| |
| parse_args.arg_p = &arg; |
| parse_args.sals_p = &sals; |
| parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string; |
| parse_args.not_found_ptr = ¬_found; |
| |
| if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg)) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg); |
| |
| copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start); |
| addr_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **)); |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) |
| addr_string[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg); |
| goto done; |
| } |
| |
| e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint, |
| &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| |
| /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */ |
| switch (e.reason) |
| { |
| case RETURN_QUIT: |
| throw_exception (e); |
| case RETURN_ERROR: |
| switch (e.error) |
| { |
| case NOT_FOUND_ERROR: |
| |
| /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw |
| error. */ |
| |
| if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE) |
| throw_exception (e); |
| |
| exception_print (gdb_stderr, e); |
| |
| /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user |
| selects no, then simply return the error code. */ |
| if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO |
| && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? ")) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting |
| a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending |
| breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint |
| is defaulted on behalf of the user. */ |
| copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start); |
| addr_string = ©_arg; |
| sals.nelts = 1; |
| sals.sals = &pending_sal; |
| pending_sal.pc = 0; |
| pending = 1; |
| break; |
| default: |
| throw_exception (e); |
| } |
| default: |
| if (!sals.nelts) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| done: |
| |
| /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */ |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
| |
| if (!pending) |
| { |
| /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */ |
| make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); |
| |
| /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */ |
| make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string); |
| } |
| |
| /* ----------------------------- SNIP ----------------------------- |
| Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed |
| to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds |
| then the memory is not reclaimed. */ |
| bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
| |
| /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on |
| the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */ |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) |
| { |
| if (addr_string[i] != NULL) |
| make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]); |
| } |
| |
| /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses |
| are ok for the target. */ |
| if (!pending) |
| breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals); |
| |
| /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */ |
| if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint) |
| check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals); |
| |
| /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any |
| breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each |
| breakpoint. */ |
| if (!pending) |
| { |
| if (parse_condition_and_thread) |
| { |
| /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition |
| from thread number, so parsing in context of first |
| sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll |
| re-parse it in context of each sal. */ |
| cond_string = NULL; |
| thread = -1; |
| find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, |
| &thread, &task); |
| if (cond_string) |
| make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Create a private copy of condition string. */ |
| if (cond_string) |
| { |
| cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string); |
| make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id |
| (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that |
| breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly |
| found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to |
| expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS |
| already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */ |
| if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint |
| && is_marker_spec (addr_string[0])) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) |
| { |
| struct symtabs_and_lines expanded; |
| struct breakpoint *tp; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| expanded.nelts = 1; |
| expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i]; |
| old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals); |
| |
| create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i], |
| cond_string, type_wanted, |
| tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch, |
| thread, task, ignore_count, ops, |
| from_tty, enabled); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */ |
| tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count); |
| gdb_assert (tp != NULL); |
| |
| /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with |
| the same string id, if the user is creating a static |
| tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then |
| store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can |
| try to match up which of the newly found markers |
| corresponds to this one */ |
| tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, addr_string, cond_string, |
| type_wanted, tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch, |
| thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, |
| enabled); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg); |
| |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted); |
| set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); |
| b->number = breakpoint_count; |
| b->thread = -1; |
| b->addr_string = addr_string[0]; |
| b->cond_string = NULL; |
| b->ignore_count = ignore_count; |
| b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; |
| b->condition_not_parsed = 1; |
| b->ops = ops; |
| b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; |
| b->pspace = current_program_space; |
| |
| if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup |
| && (b->type == bp_breakpoint |
| || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)) |
| b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; |
| |
| mention (b); |
| } |
| |
| if (sals.nelts > 1) |
| { |
| warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n" |
| "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.")); |
| prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count; |
| } |
| |
| /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the |
| breakpoint. */ |
| discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain); |
| /* But cleanup everything else. */ |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */ |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set a breakpoint. |
| ARG is a string describing breakpoint address, |
| condition, and thread. |
| FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on, |
| and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG |
| and BP_TEMPFLAG. */ |
| |
| static void |
| break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG; |
| enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG |
| ? bp_hardware_breakpoint |
| : bp_breakpoint); |
| |
| create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| arg, |
| NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, |
| tempflag, type_wanted, |
| 0 /* Ignore count */, |
| pending_break_support, |
| NULL /* breakpoint_ops */, |
| from_tty, |
| 1 /* enabled */); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */ |
| |
| void |
| resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR pc; |
| |
| if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) |
| { |
| if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc)) |
| error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."), |
| sal->line, sal->symtab->filename); |
| sal->pc = pc; |
| |
| /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using |
| a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */ |
| if (sal->explicit_line) |
| skip_prologue_sal (sal); |
| } |
| |
| if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) |
| { |
| struct blockvector *bv; |
| struct block *b; |
| struct symbol *sym; |
| |
| bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab); |
| if (bv != NULL) |
| { |
| sym = block_linkage_function (b); |
| if (sym != NULL) |
| { |
| fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile); |
| sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just |
| have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have |
| line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly |
| source). */ |
| |
| struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); |
| |
| msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc); |
| if (msym) |
| sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| break_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\ |
| Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\ |
| stop at <line>\n")); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int badInput = 0; |
| |
| if (arg == (char *) NULL) |
| badInput = 1; |
| else if (*arg != '*') |
| { |
| char *argptr = arg; |
| int hasColon = 0; |
| |
| /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then |
| say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or |
| function/method name */ |
| while (*argptr && !hasColon) |
| { |
| hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); |
| argptr++; |
| } |
| |
| if (hasColon) |
| badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */ |
| else |
| badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */ |
| } |
| |
| if (badInput) |
| printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n")); |
| else |
| break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int badInput = 0; |
| |
| if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */ |
| badInput = 1; |
| else |
| { |
| char *argptr = arg; |
| int hasColon = 0; |
| |
| /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise |
| it is probably a line number. */ |
| while (*argptr && !hasColon) |
| { |
| hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); |
| argptr++; |
| } |
| |
| if (hasColon) |
| badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */ |
| else |
| badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */ |
| } |
| |
| if (badInput) |
| printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n")); |
| else |
| break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero means EXP is |
| variable. Also the constant detection may fail for some constant |
| expressions and in such case still falsely return zero. */ |
| static int |
| watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp) |
| { |
| int i = exp->nelts; |
| |
| while (i > 0) |
| { |
| int oplenp, argsp; |
| |
| /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */ |
| operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp); |
| i -= oplenp; |
| |
| switch (exp->elts[i].opcode) |
| { |
| case BINOP_ADD: |
| case BINOP_SUB: |
| case BINOP_MUL: |
| case BINOP_DIV: |
| case BINOP_REM: |
| case BINOP_MOD: |
| case BINOP_LSH: |
| case BINOP_RSH: |
| case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| case BINOP_LESS: |
| case BINOP_GTR: |
| case BINOP_LEQ: |
| case BINOP_GEQ: |
| case BINOP_REPEAT: |
| case BINOP_COMMA: |
| case BINOP_EXP: |
| case BINOP_MIN: |
| case BINOP_MAX: |
| case BINOP_INTDIV: |
| case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| case BINOP_IN: |
| case BINOP_RANGE: |
| case TERNOP_COND: |
| case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT: |
| |
| case OP_LONG: |
| case OP_DOUBLE: |
| case OP_DECFLOAT: |
| case OP_LAST: |
| case OP_COMPLEX: |
| case OP_STRING: |
| case OP_BITSTRING: |
| case OP_ARRAY: |
| case OP_TYPE: |
| case OP_NAME: |
| case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING: |
| |
| case UNOP_NEG: |
| case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| case UNOP_COMPLEMENT: |
| case UNOP_ADDR: |
| case UNOP_HIGH: |
| /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check their |
| operands. If they are constant, then so is the result of |
| that operation. For instance, if A and B are determined to be |
| constants, then so is "A + B". |
| |
| UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the value |
| of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when ADDR is. */ |
| break; |
| |
| case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant. |
| We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's |
| possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as constant |
| even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return true in this |
| case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't. |
| We also have to check for function symbols because they are |
| always constant. */ |
| { |
| struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol; |
| |
| if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK |
| && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST |
| && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES) |
| return 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using |
| the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something, |
| then it is not a constant. */ |
| default: |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write, |
| hw_read: watch read, |
| hw_access: watch access (read or write) */ |
| static void |
| watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL; |
| struct expression *exp; |
| struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL; |
| struct value *val, *mark; |
| struct frame_info *frame; |
| char *exp_start = NULL; |
| char *exp_end = NULL; |
| char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok; |
| int toklen; |
| char *cond_start = NULL; |
| char *cond_end = NULL; |
| int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0; |
| enum bptype bp_type; |
| int mem_cnt = 0; |
| int thread = -1; |
| int pc = 0; |
| |
| /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */ |
| if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0') |
| { |
| toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */ |
| |
| /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */ |
| tok = arg + toklen - 1; |
| |
| /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter. |
| If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should |
| be the thread identifier. */ |
| while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) |
| tok--; |
| while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) |
| tok--; |
| |
| /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */ |
| id_tok_start = tok + 1; |
| |
| /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter. |
| If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should |
| reach a "thread" token. */ |
| while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) |
| tok--; |
| |
| end_tok = tok; |
| |
| while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) |
| tok--; |
| |
| /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and |
| calculate the length of the token. */ |
| tok++; |
| toklen = end_tok - tok; |
| |
| if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0) |
| { |
| /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means |
| the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers |
| only in a specific thread. */ |
| char *endp; |
| |
| /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */ |
| thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0); |
| |
| /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the |
| thread ID. */ |
| if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') |
| error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start); |
| |
| /* Check if the thread actually exists. */ |
| if (!valid_thread_id (thread)) |
| error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread); |
| |
| /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num> |
| parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the |
| evaluate_expression() function. */ |
| *tok = '\0'; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */ |
| innermost_block = NULL; |
| exp_start = arg; |
| exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0); |
| exp_end = arg; |
| /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it. |
| This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit |
| prettier. */ |
| while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t')) |
| --exp_end; |
| |
| /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */ |
| if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp)) |
| { |
| int len; |
| |
| len = exp_end - exp_start; |
| while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1])) |
| len--; |
| error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start); |
| } |
| |
| exp_valid_block = innermost_block; |
| mark = value_mark (); |
| fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, NULL, NULL); |
| if (val != NULL) |
| release_value (val); |
| |
| tok = arg; |
| while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') |
| tok++; |
| end_tok = tok; |
| |
| while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') |
| end_tok++; |
| |
| toklen = end_tok - tok; |
| if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) |
| { |
| struct expression *cond; |
| |
| innermost_block = NULL; |
| tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; |
| cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0); |
| |
| /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition |
| may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */ |
| cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; |
| |
| xfree (cond); |
| cond_end = tok; |
| } |
| if (*tok) |
| error (_("Junk at end of command.")); |
| |
| if (accessflag == hw_read) |
| bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint; |
| else if (accessflag == hw_access) |
| bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint; |
| else |
| bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; |
| |
| mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val); |
| if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint.")); |
| if (mem_cnt != 0) |
| { |
| i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used); |
| target_resources_ok = |
| target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt, |
| other_type_used); |
| if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint.")); |
| |
| if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time.")); |
| } |
| |
| /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware |
| watchpoint could not be set. */ |
| if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0) |
| bp_type = bp_watchpoint; |
| |
| frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block); |
| |
| /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope" |
| breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint |
| expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so |
| that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */ |
| if (exp_valid_block && frame) |
| { |
| if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame))) |
| { |
| scope_breakpoint |
| = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), |
| frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), |
| bp_watchpoint_scope); |
| |
| scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| |
| /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */ |
| scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del; |
| |
| /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */ |
| scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame); |
| |
| /* Set the address at which we will stop. */ |
| scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch |
| = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame); |
| scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address |
| = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); |
| scope_breakpoint->loc->address |
| = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch, |
| scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address, |
| scope_breakpoint->type); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now set up the breakpoint. */ |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type); |
| set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); |
| b->number = breakpoint_count; |
| b->thread = thread; |
| b->disposition = disp_donttouch; |
| b->exp = exp; |
| b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block; |
| b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block; |
| b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start); |
| b->val = val; |
| b->val_valid = 1; |
| if (cond_start) |
| b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start); |
| else |
| b->cond_string = 0; |
| |
| if (frame) |
| { |
| b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame); |
| b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id; |
| b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid; |
| } |
| |
| if (scope_breakpoint != NULL) |
| { |
| /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will |
| need to act on them together. */ |
| b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint; |
| scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b; |
| } |
| |
| value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| |
| /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations |
| that should be inserted. */ |
| update_watchpoint (b, 1); |
| |
| mention (b); |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled |
| in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled |
| in hardware return zero. */ |
| |
| static int |
| can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v) |
| { |
| int found_memory_cnt = 0; |
| struct value *head = v; |
| |
| /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */ |
| if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints) |
| return 0; |
| |
| /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon |
| memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we |
| find any register references or function calls, we can't use a |
| hardware watchpoint. |
| |
| The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series |
| of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The |
| expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and |
| a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish |
| the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues, |
| register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate |
| the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves |
| behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the |
| expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints. |
| |
| However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior |
| function calls are special in any way. So this function may not |
| notice that an expression involving an inferior function call |
| can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */ |
| for (; v; v = value_next (v)) |
| { |
| if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory) |
| { |
| if (value_lazy (v)) |
| /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch; |
| we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or |
| we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */ |
| ; |
| else |
| { |
| /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover |
| it with hardware watchpoints. */ |
| struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); |
| |
| /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it |
| explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a |
| middle of some value chain. */ |
| if (v == head |
| || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v); |
| int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); |
| |
| if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len)) |
| return 0; |
| else |
| found_memory_cnt++; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval |
| && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0) |
| return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */ |
| else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register) |
| return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */ |
| } |
| |
| /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware |
| watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */ |
| return found_memory_cnt; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| watch_command (arg, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| rwatch_command (arg, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| awatch_command (arg, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here |
| because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */ |
| |
| struct until_break_command_continuation_args |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *breakpoint; |
| struct breakpoint *breakpoint2; |
| }; |
| |
| /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the |
| cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes |
| care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until |
| command. */ |
| static void |
| until_break_command_continuation (void *arg) |
| { |
| struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg; |
| |
| delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint); |
| if (a->breakpoint2) |
| delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere) |
| { |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL); |
| struct breakpoint *breakpoint; |
| struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| clear_proceed_status (); |
| |
| /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from |
| this function */ |
| |
| if (default_breakpoint_valid) |
| sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab, |
| default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL); |
| else |
| sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, |
| 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL); |
| |
| if (sals.nelts != 1) |
| error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line.")); |
| |
| sal = sals.sals[0]; |
| xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */ |
| |
| if (*arg) |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| |
| resolve_sal_pc (&sal); |
| |
| if (anywhere) |
| /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, |
| we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */ |
| breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal, |
| null_frame_id, bp_until); |
| else |
| /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only |
| at the very same frame. */ |
| breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal, |
| get_stack_frame_id (frame), |
| bp_until); |
| |
| old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint); |
| |
| /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current |
| one. */ |
| |
| if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame))) |
| { |
| sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0); |
| sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); |
| breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), |
| sal, |
| frame_unwind_caller_id (frame), |
| bp_until); |
| make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2); |
| } |
| |
| proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0); |
| |
| /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually |
| managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be |
| deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and |
| delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */ |
| |
| if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid)) |
| { |
| struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args; |
| args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args)); |
| |
| args->breakpoint = breakpoint; |
| args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2; |
| |
| discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| add_continuation (inferior_thread (), |
| until_break_command_continuation, args, |
| xfree); |
| } |
| else |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s) |
| { |
| if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL)) |
| return; |
| while (isspace (**s)) |
| *s += 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause |
| from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL. |
| |
| Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not |
| attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And, |
| it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed |
| if clause in the arg string. */ |
| |
| static char * |
| ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg) |
| { |
| char *cond_string; |
| |
| if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2])) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| /* Skip the "if" keyword. */ |
| (*arg) += 2; |
| |
| /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the |
| condition string. */ |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg); |
| cond_string = *arg; |
| |
| /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */ |
| (*arg) += strlen (cond_string); |
| |
| return cond_string; |
| } |
| |
| /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions, |
| process start/exit, etc. */ |
| |
| typedef enum |
| { |
| catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary, |
| catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent |
| } |
| catch_fork_kind; |
| |
| static void |
| catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| char *cond_string = NULL; |
| catch_fork_kind fork_kind; |
| int tempflag; |
| |
| fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command); |
| tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary |
| || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary); |
| |
| if (!arg) |
| arg = ""; |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); |
| |
| /* The allowed syntax is: |
| catch [v]fork |
| catch [v]fork if <cond> |
| |
| First, check if there's an if clause. */ |
| cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); |
| |
| if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| |
| /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint |
| and enable reporting of such events. */ |
| switch (fork_kind) |
| { |
| case catch_fork_temporary: |
| case catch_fork_permanent: |
| create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, |
| &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops); |
| break; |
| case catch_vfork_temporary: |
| case catch_vfork_permanent: |
| create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, |
| &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops); |
| break; |
| default: |
| error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it")); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| int tempflag; |
| char *cond_string = NULL; |
| |
| tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| if (!arg) |
| arg = ""; |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); |
| |
| /* The allowed syntax is: |
| catch exec |
| catch exec if <cond> |
| |
| First, check if there's an if clause. */ |
| cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); |
| |
| if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| |
| /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint |
| and enable reporting of such events. */ |
| create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, |
| &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops); |
| } |
| |
| static enum print_stop_action |
| print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| int bp_temp, bp_throw; |
| |
| annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| |
| bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; |
| if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address) |
| breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address, |
| b->loc->address, |
| b->number, 1); |
| bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; |
| ui_out_text (uiout, |
| bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint " |
| : "Catchpoint "); |
| if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, |
| bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), " |
| : " (exception caught), "); |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", |
| async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| } |
| return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| { |
| struct value_print_options opts; |
| |
| get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| if (opts.addressprint) |
| { |
| annotate_field (4); |
| if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); |
| else |
| ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", |
| b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address); |
| } |
| annotate_field (5); |
| if (b->loc) |
| *last_loc = b->loc; |
| if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw"); |
| else |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch"); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| int bp_temp; |
| int bp_throw; |
| |
| bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; |
| bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; |
| ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") |
| : _("Catchpoint ")); |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)") |
| : _(" (catch)")); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and |
| catch catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| { |
| int bp_temp; |
| int bp_throw; |
| |
| bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; |
| bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch "); |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch"); |
| } |
| |
| static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = { |
| NULL, /* insert */ |
| NULL, /* remove */ |
| NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */ |
| print_exception_catchpoint, |
| print_one_exception_catchpoint, |
| print_mention_exception_catchpoint, |
| print_recreate_exception_catchpoint |
| }; |
| |
| static int |
| handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string, |
| enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty) |
| { |
| char *trigger_func_name; |
| |
| if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH) |
| trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch"; |
| else |
| trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw"; |
| |
| create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, |
| 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */, |
| tempflag, bp_breakpoint, |
| 0, |
| AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */, |
| &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty, |
| 1 /* enabled */); |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg, |
| int tempflag, int from_tty) |
| { |
| char *cond_string = NULL; |
| |
| if (!arg) |
| arg = ""; |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); |
| |
| cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); |
| |
| if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| |
| if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW |
| && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH) |
| error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it")); |
| |
| if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty)) |
| return; |
| |
| warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination.")); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */ |
| |
| static void |
| create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct symtab_and_line sal, |
| char *addr_string, |
| char *exp_string, |
| char *cond_string, |
| struct expression *cond, |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops, |
| int tempflag, |
| int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| if (from_tty) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); |
| if (!loc_gdbarch) |
| loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; |
| |
| describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, |
| sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1); |
| /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special |
| version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints |
| used for different exception names will use the same address. |
| In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is |
| unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit |
| inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell |
| the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good |
| enough for now, though. */ |
| } |
| |
| b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint); |
| set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); |
| |
| b->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; |
| b->number = breakpoint_count; |
| b->ignore_count = 0; |
| b->loc->cond = cond; |
| b->addr_string = addr_string; |
| b->language = language_ada; |
| b->cond_string = cond_string; |
| b->exp_string = exp_string; |
| b->thread = -1; |
| b->ops = ops; |
| |
| mention (b); |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| int tempflag; |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| char *addr_string = NULL; |
| char *exp_string = NULL; |
| char *cond_string = NULL; |
| struct expression *cond = NULL; |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; |
| |
| tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| if (!arg) |
| arg = ""; |
| sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string, |
| &cond_string, &cond, &ops); |
| create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string, |
| cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag, |
| from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */ |
| static void |
| clean_up_filters (void *arg) |
| { |
| VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg; |
| VEC_free (int, iter); |
| } |
| |
| /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd |
| filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */ |
| static VEC(int) * |
| catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg) |
| { |
| VEC(int) *result = NULL; |
| struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result); |
| |
| while (*arg != '\0') |
| { |
| int i, syscall_number; |
| char *endptr; |
| char cur_name[128]; |
| struct syscall s; |
| |
| /* Skip whitespace. */ |
| while (isspace (*arg)) |
| arg++; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i) |
| cur_name[i] = arg[i]; |
| cur_name[i] = '\0'; |
| arg += i; |
| |
| /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */ |
| syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0); |
| if (*endptr == '\0') |
| get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s); |
| else |
| { |
| /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it |
| to a number. */ |
| get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s); |
| |
| if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL) |
| /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because |
| GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to |
| be caught. */ |
| error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name); |
| } |
| |
| /* Ok, it's valid. */ |
| VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number); |
| } |
| |
| discard_cleanups (cleanup); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| int tempflag; |
| VEC(int) *filter; |
| struct syscall s; |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| |
| /* Checking if the feature if supported. */ |
| if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0) |
| error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \ |
| this architeture yet.")); |
| |
| tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); |
| |
| /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order |
| to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important, |
| to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file |
| for his/her architecture. */ |
| get_syscall_by_number (0, &s); |
| |
| /* The allowed syntax is: |
| catch syscall |
| catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>] |
| |
| Let's check if there's a syscall name. */ |
| |
| if (arg != NULL) |
| filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg); |
| else |
| filter = NULL; |
| |
| create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter, |
| &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); |
| } |
| |
| /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| { |
| struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| int tempflag; |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| char *addr_string = NULL; |
| struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; |
| |
| tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| |
| if (!arg) |
| arg = ""; |
| sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops); |
| create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| ops, tempflag, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); |
| } |
| |
| |
| static void |
| tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */ |
| |
| static void |
| clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; |
| int ix; |
| int default_match; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| int i; |
| |
| if (arg) |
| { |
| sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1); |
| default_match = 0; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); |
| init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ |
| sal.line = default_breakpoint_line; |
| sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab; |
| sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address; |
| sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace; |
| if (sal.symtab == 0) |
| error (_("No source file specified.")); |
| |
| sals.sals[0] = sal; |
| sals.nelts = 1; |
| |
| default_match = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not |
| as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints |
| typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if |
| clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing |
| breakpoint without obtaining pc at all. |
| |
| We only support clearing given the address explicitly |
| present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint |
| at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line, |
| due to optimization, all in one block. |
| We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another |
| PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't |
| be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but |
| since the other PC value is never presented to user, user |
| can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important |
| to support that. */ |
| |
| /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond |
| to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current |
| behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than |
| one breakpoint. */ |
| |
| found = NULL; |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) |
| { |
| /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc. |
| If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line. |
| If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line |
| or at default pc. |
| |
| defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do |
| |
| 0 1 pc |
| 1 1 pc _and_ line |
| 0 0 line |
| 1 0 <can't happen> */ |
| |
| sal = sals.sals[i]; |
| |
| /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to |
| 'found'. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| int match = 0; |
| /* Are we going to delete b? */ |
| if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b)) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; |
| for (; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| { |
| int pc_match = sal.pc |
| && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace) |
| && (loc->address == sal.pc) |
| && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section) |
| || loc->section == sal.section); |
| int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc)) |
| && b->source_file != NULL |
| && sal.symtab != NULL |
| && sal.pspace == loc->pspace |
| && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0 |
| && b->line_number == sal.line); |
| if (pc_match || line_match) |
| { |
| match = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (match) |
| VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); |
| } |
| } |
| /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */ |
| if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found)) |
| { |
| if (arg) |
| error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg); |
| else |
| error (_("No breakpoint at this line.")); |
| } |
| |
| if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1) |
| from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */ |
| if (from_tty) |
| { |
| if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1) |
| printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint ")); |
| else |
| printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints ")); |
| } |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++) |
| { |
| if (from_tty) |
| printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number); |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| if (from_tty) |
| putchar_unfiltered ('\n'); |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and |
| all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not. |
| This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */ |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| for (; bs; bs = bs->next) |
| if (bs->breakpoint_at |
| && bs->breakpoint_at->owner |
| && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del |
| && bs->stop) |
| delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort. |
| Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does |
| breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering |
| first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array |
| is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */ |
| |
| static int |
| bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap; |
| struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp; |
| /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */ |
| int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; |
| int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; |
| |
| if (a->address != b->address) |
| return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address); |
| |
| /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */ |
| if (a_perm != b_perm) |
| return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm); |
| |
| /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same |
| breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */ |
| |
| if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number) |
| return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number) |
| - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number); |
| |
| return (a > b) - (a < b); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and |
| bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of |
| the bp_location array. */ |
| |
| static void |
| bp_location_target_extensions_update (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; |
| |
| bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0; |
| bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) |
| { |
| CORE_ADDR start, end, addr; |
| |
| if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl)) |
| continue; |
| |
| start = bl->target_info.placed_address; |
| end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len; |
| |
| gdb_assert (bl->address >= start); |
| addr = bl->address - start; |
| if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) |
| bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr; |
| |
| /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */ |
| |
| gdb_assert (bl->address < end); |
| addr = end - bl->address; |
| if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max) |
| bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations |
| into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no |
| longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or |
| breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint |
| doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other |
| breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted |
| returns true on them. |
| |
| This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g., |
| after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint |
| shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored |
| to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has |
| execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all |
| breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */ |
| |
| static void |
| update_global_location_list (int should_insert) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct bp_location **locp, *loc; |
| struct cleanup *cleanups; |
| |
| /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all |
| bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address. |
| Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never |
| duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of |
| breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations |
| once. */ |
| struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */ |
| struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */ |
| struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */ |
| struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */ |
| |
| /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built |
| bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */ |
| struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp; |
| unsigned old_location_count; |
| |
| old_location = bp_location; |
| old_location_count = bp_location_count; |
| bp_location = NULL; |
| bp_location_count = 0; |
| cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| bp_location_count++; |
| |
| bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count); |
| locp = bp_location; |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| *locp++ = loc; |
| qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location), |
| bp_location_compare); |
| |
| bp_location_target_extensions_update (); |
| |
| /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new |
| list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that |
| those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another |
| location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate), |
| we don't need to remove/insert the location. |
| |
| LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and |
| former bp_location array state respectively. */ |
| |
| locp = bp_location; |
| for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count; |
| old_locp++) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp; |
| struct bp_location **loc2p; |
| |
| /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we |
| have to free it. */ |
| int found_object = 0; |
| /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */ |
| int keep_in_target = 0; |
| int removed = 0; |
| |
| /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either |
| at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */ |
| while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count |
| && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address) |
| locp++; |
| |
| for (loc2p = locp; |
| (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count |
| && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); |
| loc2p++) |
| { |
| if (*loc2p == old_loc) |
| { |
| found_object = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's |
| maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one |
| inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we |
| don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not |
| inserted. */ |
| |
| if (old_loc->inserted) |
| { |
| /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */ |
| |
| if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc)) |
| { |
| /* The location is still present in the location list, and still |
| should be inserted. Don't do anything. */ |
| keep_in_target = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled. |
| See if there's another location at the same address, in which |
| case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */ |
| |
| /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */ |
| if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)) |
| { |
| for (loc2p = locp; |
| (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count |
| && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); |
| loc2p++) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p; |
| |
| if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc)) |
| { |
| /* For the sake of should_be_inserted. |
| Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */ |
| loc2->duplicate = 0; |
| |
| /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to |
| access watchpoints, if the former are not |
| supported, but the latter are. */ |
| if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner)); |
| loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type; |
| } |
| |
| if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2)) |
| { |
| loc2->inserted = 1; |
| loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info; |
| keep_in_target = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!keep_in_target) |
| { |
| if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted)) |
| { |
| /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this |
| location on the global list, and try to remove it next |
| time, but there's no particular reason why we will |
| succeed next time. |
| |
| Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid, |
| as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only |
| after calling us. */ |
| printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"), |
| old_loc->owner->number); |
| } |
| removed = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!found_object) |
| { |
| if (removed && non_stop |
| && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner) |
| && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) |
| { |
| /* This location was removed from the target. In |
| non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where |
| we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that |
| breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later. |
| We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such |
| SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this |
| breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it |
| after we see some number of events. The theory here |
| is that reporting of events should, "on the average", |
| be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all |
| threads that have anything of interest, and no longer |
| need to keep this breakpoint location around. We |
| don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of |
| mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint |
| SIGTRAP. |
| |
| The heuristic failing can be disastrous on |
| decr_pc_after_break targets. |
| |
| On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux, |
| if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP, |
| because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too |
| soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report |
| a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes |
| the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash |
| with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently |
| corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the |
| middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a |
| one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen |
| on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on |
| targets that do not support new thread events, like |
| remote, due to the heuristic depending on |
| thread_count. |
| |
| Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap |
| causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when |
| it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs |
| behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble. |
| |
| Since hardware watchpoint traps are always |
| distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to |
| apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations |
| around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint |
| traps we can no longer explain. */ |
| |
| old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1); |
| old_loc->owner = NULL; |
| |
| VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc); |
| } |
| else |
| free_bp_location (old_loc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the |
| first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so |
| that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a |
| permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the |
| official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints |
| are sorted first for the same address. |
| |
| Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the |
| watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */ |
| |
| bp_loc_first = NULL; |
| wp_loc_first = NULL; |
| awp_loc_first = NULL; |
| rwp_loc_first = NULL; |
| ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp) |
| { |
| /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ |
| struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; |
| struct bp_location **loc_first_p; |
| |
| if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled |
| || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled |
| || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled |
| || !loc->enabled |
| || loc->shlib_disabled |
| || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b) |
| || is_tracepoint (b)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */ |
| if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted) |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not " |
| "actually inserted")); |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first; |
| else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) |
| loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first; |
| else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) |
| loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first; |
| else |
| loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first; |
| |
| if (*loc_first_p == NULL |
| || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section) |
| || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p)) |
| { |
| *loc_first_p = loc; |
| loc->duplicate = 0; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| loc->duplicate = 1; |
| |
| if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted |
| && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of " |
| "a permanent breakpoint")); |
| } |
| |
| if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert |
| && (have_live_inferiors () |
| || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)))) |
| insert_breakpoint_locations (); |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| breakpoint_retire_moribund (void) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| int ix; |
| |
| for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) |
| if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0) |
| { |
| free_bp_location (loc); |
| VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix); |
| --ix; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting) |
| { |
| struct gdb_exception e; |
| |
| TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| update_global_location_list (inserting); |
| } |
| |
| /* Clear LOC from a BPS. */ |
| static void |
| bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| bpstat bs; |
| |
| for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next) |
| if (bs->breakpoint_at == loc) |
| { |
| bs->breakpoint_at = NULL; |
| bs->old_val = NULL; |
| /* bs->commands will be freed later. */ |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */ |
| static int |
| bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = data; |
| |
| bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->stop_bpstat, loc); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data |
| structures. */ |
| |
| void |
| delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| gdb_assert (bpt != NULL); |
| |
| /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple |
| lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits. |
| |
| One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the |
| scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and |
| delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked |
| "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then |
| checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted. |
| |
| A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's, |
| and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and |
| teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more |
| references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */ |
| if (bpt->type == bp_none) |
| return; |
| |
| /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of |
| breakpoints gets resolved. */ |
| if (bpt->related_breakpoint != NULL) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == bpt); |
| bpt->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; |
| bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; |
| bpt->related_breakpoint = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number); |
| |
| if (breakpoint_chain == bpt) |
| breakpoint_chain = bpt->next; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->next == bpt) |
| { |
| b->next = bpt->next; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands); |
| xfree (bpt->cond_string); |
| xfree (bpt->cond_exp); |
| xfree (bpt->addr_string); |
| xfree (bpt->exp); |
| xfree (bpt->exp_string); |
| value_free (bpt->val); |
| xfree (bpt->source_file); |
| xfree (bpt->exec_pathname); |
| clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught); |
| |
| /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint |
| list, update the global location list. This |
| will remove locations that used to belong to |
| this breakpoint. Do this before freeing |
| the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint |
| looks at location's owner. It might be better |
| design to have location completely self-contained, |
| but it's not the case now. */ |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| |
| |
| /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same |
| bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */ |
| bpt->type = bp_none; |
| |
| xfree (bpt); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| struct cleanup * |
| make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b); |
| } |
| |
| /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls |
| delete_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| static void |
| do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) |
| { |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| dont_repeat (); |
| |
| if (arg == 0) |
| { |
| int breaks_to_delete = 0; |
| |
| /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. |
| Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these |
| have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (b->type != bp_call_dummy |
| && b->type != bp_std_terminate |
| && b->type != bp_shlib_event |
| && b->type != bp_jit_event |
| && b->type != bp_thread_event |
| && b->type != bp_overlay_event |
| && b->type != bp_longjmp_master |
| && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master |
| && b->number >= 0) |
| { |
| breaks_to_delete = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ |
| if (!from_tty |
| || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? ")))) |
| { |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| if (b->type != bp_call_dummy |
| && b->type != bp_std_terminate |
| && b->type != bp_shlib_event |
| && b->type != bp_thread_event |
| && b->type != bp_jit_event |
| && b->type != bp_overlay_event |
| && b->type != bp_longjmp_master |
| && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master |
| && b->number >= 0) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| for (; loc; loc = loc->next) |
| if (!loc->shlib_disabled) |
| return 0; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it. |
| Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name. |
| Null names are ignored. */ |
| |
| static int |
| ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *l; |
| htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, |
| (int (*) (const void *, |
| const void *)) streq, |
| NULL, xcalloc, xfree); |
| |
| for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next) |
| { |
| const char **slot; |
| const char *name = l->function_name; |
| |
| /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */ |
| if (name == NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name, |
| INSERT); |
| /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns |
| NULL. */ |
| if (*slot != NULL) |
| { |
| htab_delete (htab); |
| return 1; |
| } |
| *slot = name; |
| } |
| |
| htab_delete (htab); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well, |
| and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at |
| the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we |
| checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is |
| undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static |
| tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints |
| that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have |
| been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set. |
| The heuristic is: |
| |
| 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at |
| the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker. |
| If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the |
| previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker |
| in the sources, and output a warning. |
| |
| 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker |
| at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there, |
| assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the |
| marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that |
| means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a |
| warning. |
| |
| 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it |
| may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean |
| the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code |
| that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask |
| the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew |
| it. If found, update line number and address in the matching |
| static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one |
| marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised |
| precisely because it confuses tools). */ |
| |
| static struct symtab_and_line |
| update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal) |
| { |
| struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; |
| CORE_ADDR pc; |
| int i; |
| |
| pc = sal.pc; |
| if (sal.line) |
| find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc); |
| |
| if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker)) |
| { |
| if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0) |
| warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"), |
| b->number, |
| b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id); |
| |
| xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); |
| release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); |
| |
| return sal; |
| } |
| |
| /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up |
| by string ID. */ |
| if (!sal.explicit_pc |
| && sal.line != 0 |
| && sal.symtab != NULL |
| && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL) |
| { |
| VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers; |
| |
| markers |
| = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| |
| if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) |
| { |
| struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| struct symbol *sym; |
| struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker; |
| |
| marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0); |
| |
| xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id); |
| |
| warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not " |
| "found at previous line number"), |
| b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| |
| init_sal (&sal); |
| |
| sal.pc = marker->address; |
| |
| sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0); |
| sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in "); |
| if (sym) |
| { |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", |
| SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); |
| } |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); |
| |
| if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) |
| { |
| char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); |
| |
| if (fullname) |
| ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname); |
| } |
| |
| ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line); |
| ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); |
| |
| b->line_number = sal.line; |
| |
| xfree (b->source_file); |
| if (sym) |
| b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename); |
| else |
| b->source_file = NULL; |
| |
| xfree (b->addr_string); |
| b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d", |
| sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number); |
| |
| /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if |
| so. */ |
| |
| release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker); |
| } |
| } |
| return sal; |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b, |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals) |
| { |
| int i; |
| char *s; |
| struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc; |
| |
| /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations |
| are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes |
| the common case where all locations are in the same |
| shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to |
| retain the location, so that when the library |
| is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled |
| status of the individual locations. */ |
| if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0) |
| return; |
| |
| b->loc = NULL; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *new_loc = |
| add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i])); |
| |
| /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the |
| old symtab. */ |
| if (b->cond_string != NULL) |
| { |
| struct gdb_exception e; |
| |
| s = b->cond_string; |
| TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| { |
| new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc), |
| 0); |
| } |
| if (e.reason < 0) |
| { |
| warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"), |
| b->number, e.message); |
| new_loc->enabled = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (b->source_file != NULL) |
| xfree (b->source_file); |
| if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL) |
| b->source_file = NULL; |
| else |
| b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename); |
| |
| if (b->line_number == 0) |
| b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line; |
| } |
| |
| /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */ |
| if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| make_breakpoint_permanent (b); |
| |
| /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */ |
| { |
| struct bp_location *e = existing_locations; |
| /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name, |
| e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work. |
| Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things |
| may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer |
| often enough until a better solution is found. */ |
| int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc); |
| |
| for (; e; e = e->next) |
| { |
| if (!e->enabled && e->function_name) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *l = b->loc; |
| if (have_ambiguous_names) |
| { |
| for (; l; l = l->next) |
| if (breakpoint_address_match (e->pspace->aspace, e->address, |
| l->pspace->aspace, l->address)) |
| { |
| l->enabled = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| for (; l; l = l->next) |
| if (l->function_name |
| && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0) |
| { |
| l->enabled = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT. |
| The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors. |
| Unused in this case. */ |
| |
| static int |
| breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint) |
| { |
| /* get past catch_errs */ |
| struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint; |
| int not_found = 0; |
| int *not_found_ptr = ¬_found; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0}; |
| struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0}; |
| char *s; |
| struct gdb_exception e; |
| struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| int marker_spec = 0; |
| |
| switch (b->type) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), |
| b->number); |
| return 0; |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */ |
| if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (b->addr_string == NULL) |
| { |
| /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */ |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| set_language (b->language); |
| input_radix = b->input_radix; |
| s = b->addr_string; |
| |
| save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); |
| |
| marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s); |
| |
| TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| { |
| if (marker_spec) |
| { |
| sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s); |
| if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx) |
| { |
| sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx]; |
| sals.nelts = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id); |
| } |
| else |
| sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, |
| not_found_ptr); |
| } |
| if (e.reason < 0) |
| { |
| int not_found_and_ok = 0; |
| /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing |
| will fail until the right shared library is loaded. |
| User has already told to create pending breakpoints and |
| don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled |
| state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint |
| being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */ |
| if (not_found |
| && (b->condition_not_parsed |
| || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled) |
| || b->enable_state == bp_disabled)) |
| not_found_and_ok = 1; |
| |
| if (!not_found_and_ok) |
| { |
| /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint |
| 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable |
| the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to |
| have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this |
| happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know |
| which approach is better. */ |
| b->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| throw_exception (e); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!not_found) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1); |
| |
| resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]); |
| if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0]) |
| { |
| char *cond_string = 0; |
| int thread = -1; |
| int task = 0; |
| |
| find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc, |
| &cond_string, &thread, &task); |
| if (cond_string) |
| b->cond_string = cond_string; |
| b->thread = thread; |
| b->task = task; |
| b->condition_not_parsed = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec) |
| sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]); |
| |
| expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]); |
| } |
| |
| make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); |
| update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded); |
| break; |
| |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables, |
| or it can be on local variables. |
| |
| Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist |
| across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared |
| libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded |
| and unloaded. |
| |
| Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result |
| of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and |
| a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but |
| unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid. |
| This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate |
| expression, to avoid surprises to the user. |
| |
| Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if |
| watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means |
| the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact, |
| I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case. |
| |
| If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then |
| b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it. |
| |
| Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will |
| be reevaluated again when enabled. */ |
| update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */); |
| break; |
| /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask |
| that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being |
| loaded. */ |
| case bp_catchpoint: |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type); |
| /* fall through */ |
| /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be |
| reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */ |
| case bp_overlay_event: |
| case bp_longjmp_master: |
| case bp_std_terminate_master: |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| break; |
| |
| /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior |
| starts and we really don't want to touch it. */ |
| case bp_shlib_event: |
| |
| /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. |
| Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */ |
| case bp_thread_event: |
| |
| /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step |
| over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints. |
| Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain |
| or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */ |
| case bp_until: |
| case bp_finish: |
| case bp_watchpoint_scope: |
| case bp_call_dummy: |
| case bp_std_terminate: |
| case bp_step_resume: |
| case bp_longjmp: |
| case bp_longjmp_resume: |
| case bp_jit_event: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */ |
| void |
| breakpoint_re_set (void) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| enum language save_language; |
| int save_input_radix; |
| struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| |
| save_language = current_language->la_language; |
| save_input_radix = input_radix; |
| old_chain = save_current_program_space (); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| /* Format possible error msg */ |
| char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ", |
| b->number); |
| struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); |
| catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL); |
| do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| } |
| set_language (save_language); |
| input_radix = save_input_radix; |
| |
| jit_breakpoint_re_set (); |
| |
| do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| |
| create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp"); |
| create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp"); |
| create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()"); |
| } |
| |
| /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint: |
| |
| - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is. |
| - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */ |
| void |
| breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| if (b->thread != -1) |
| { |
| if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) |
| b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); |
| |
| /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is |
| selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a |
| different program space from the original thread. Reset that |
| as well. */ |
| b->loc->pspace = current_program_space; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. |
| If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, |
| which ends with a period (no newline). */ |
| |
| void |
| set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| |
| if (count < 0) |
| count = 0; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->number == bptnum) |
| { |
| if (is_tracepoint (b)) |
| { |
| if (from_tty && count != 0) |
| printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."), |
| bptnum); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| b->ignore_count = count; |
| if (from_tty) |
| { |
| if (count == 0) |
| printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."), |
| bptnum); |
| else if (count == 1) |
| printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."), |
| bptnum); |
| else |
| printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."), |
| count, bptnum); |
| } |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b) |
| { |
| /* Silence the breakpoint. */ |
| b->silent = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| char *p = args; |
| int num; |
| |
| if (p == 0) |
| error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number")); |
| |
| num = get_number (&p); |
| if (num == 0) |
| error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args); |
| if (*p == 0) |
| error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing.")); |
| |
| set_ignore_count (num, |
| longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))), |
| from_tty); |
| if (from_tty) |
| printf_filtered ("\n"); |
| } |
| |
| /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints |
| whose numbers are given in ARGS. */ |
| |
| static void |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *, |
| void *), |
| void *data) |
| { |
| char *p = args; |
| char *p1; |
| int num; |
| struct breakpoint *b, *tmp; |
| int match; |
| |
| if (p == 0) |
| error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers")); |
| |
| while (*p) |
| { |
| match = 0; |
| p1 = p; |
| |
| num = get_number_or_range (&p1); |
| if (num == 0) |
| { |
| warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp) |
| if (b->number == num) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint; |
| match = 1; |
| function (b, data); |
| if (related_breakpoint) |
| function (related_breakpoint, data); |
| break; |
| } |
| if (match == 0) |
| printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num); |
| } |
| p = p1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static struct bp_location * |
| find_location_by_number (char *number) |
| { |
| char *dot = strchr (number, '.'); |
| char *p1; |
| int bp_num; |
| int loc_num; |
| struct breakpoint *b; |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| *dot = '\0'; |
| |
| p1 = number; |
| bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1); |
| if (bp_num == 0) |
| error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) |
| if (b->number == bp_num) |
| { |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (!b || b->number != bp_num) |
| error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); |
| |
| p1 = dot+1; |
| loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1); |
| if (loc_num == 0) |
| error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number); |
| |
| --loc_num; |
| loc = b->loc; |
| for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next) |
| ; |
| if (!loc) |
| error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1); |
| |
| return loc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. |
| If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, |
| which ends with a period (no newline). */ |
| |
| void |
| disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to |
| hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the |
| watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */ |
| if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) |
| return; |
| |
| /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */ |
| if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent) |
| return; |
| |
| bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled; |
| |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number); |
| } |
| |
| /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls |
| disable_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| static void |
| do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) |
| { |
| disable_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| disable_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bpt; |
| |
| if (args == 0) |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) |
| switch (bpt->type) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), |
| bpt->number); |
| continue; |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| case bp_catchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| disable_breakpoint (bpt); |
| default: |
| continue; |
| } |
| else if (strchr (args, '.')) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); |
| if (loc) |
| loc->enabled = 0; |
| update_global_location_list (0); |
| } |
| else |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition) |
| { |
| int target_resources_ok; |
| |
| if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| { |
| int i; |
| i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); |
| target_resources_ok = |
| target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, |
| i + 1, 0); |
| if (target_resources_ok == 0) |
| error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); |
| else if (target_resources_ok < 0) |
| error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); |
| } |
| |
| if (is_watchpoint (bpt)) |
| { |
| struct gdb_exception e; |
| |
| TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) |
| { |
| update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */); |
| } |
| if (e.reason < 0) |
| { |
| exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "), |
| bpt->number); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent) |
| bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled; |
| bpt->disposition = disposition; |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| breakpoints_changed (); |
| |
| observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number); |
| } |
| |
| |
| void |
| enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) |
| { |
| do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition); |
| } |
| |
| /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls |
| enable_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| static void |
| do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) |
| { |
| enable_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| |
| /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined |
| breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective |
| in stopping the inferior. */ |
| |
| static void |
| enable_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bpt; |
| |
| if (args == 0) |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) |
| switch (bpt->type) |
| { |
| case bp_none: |
| warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), |
| bpt->number); |
| continue; |
| case bp_breakpoint: |
| case bp_tracepoint: |
| case bp_fast_tracepoint: |
| case bp_static_tracepoint: |
| case bp_catchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_breakpoint: |
| case bp_watchpoint: |
| case bp_hardware_watchpoint: |
| case bp_read_watchpoint: |
| case bp_access_watchpoint: |
| enable_breakpoint (bpt); |
| default: |
| continue; |
| } |
| else if (strchr (args, '.')) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); |
| if (loc) |
| loc->enabled = 1; |
| update_global_location_list (1); |
| } |
| else |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) |
| { |
| do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) |
| { |
| do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if |
| the memory which that value represents has been written to by |
| GDB itself. */ |
| |
| static void |
| invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len, |
| const bfd_byte *data) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) |
| if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled |
| && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint |
| && bp->val_valid && bp->val) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| |
| for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next) |
| if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint |
| && loc->address + loc->length > addr |
| && addr + len > loc->address) |
| { |
| value_free (bp->val); |
| bp->val = NULL; |
| bp->val_valid = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */ |
| |
| struct symtabs_and_lines |
| decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline) |
| { |
| struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| |
| if (string == 0) |
| error (_("Empty line specification.")); |
| if (default_breakpoint_valid) |
| sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline, |
| default_breakpoint_symtab, |
| default_breakpoint_line, |
| (char ***) NULL, NULL); |
| else |
| sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline, |
| (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL); |
| if (*string) |
| error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string); |
| return sals; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an |
| identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later. |
| In general, places which call this should be using something on the |
| breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated |
| someday. */ |
| |
| void * |
| deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt; |
| |
| bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info); |
| |
| bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace; |
| bp_tgt->placed_address = pc; |
| |
| if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0) |
| { |
| /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */ |
| xfree (bp_tgt); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| return bp_tgt; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */ |
| |
| int |
| deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp) |
| { |
| struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp; |
| int ret; |
| |
| ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt); |
| xfree (bp_tgt); |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */ |
| |
| static void *single_step_breakpoints[2]; |
| static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2]; |
| |
| /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */ |
| |
| void |
| insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR next_pc) |
| { |
| void **bpt_p; |
| |
| if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL) |
| { |
| bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0]; |
| single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL); |
| bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1]; |
| single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch; |
| } |
| |
| /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be |
| to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the |
| breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could |
| adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires |
| corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are |
| handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */ |
| |
| *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc); |
| if (*bpt_p == NULL) |
| error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"), |
| paddress (gdbarch, next_pc)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */ |
| |
| void |
| remove_single_step_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL); |
| |
| /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated |
| call. */ |
| deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0], |
| single_step_breakpoints[0]); |
| single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL; |
| single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL; |
| |
| if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL) |
| { |
| deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1], |
| single_step_breakpoints[1]); |
| single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL; |
| single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from |
| the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address |
| space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or |
| exec. */ |
| |
| void |
| cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) |
| if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) |
| { |
| xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]); |
| single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL; |
| single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without |
| removing them. */ |
| |
| static void |
| detach_single_step_breakpoints (void) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) |
| if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) |
| target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i], |
| single_step_breakpoints[i]); |
| } |
| |
| /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */ |
| |
| static int |
| single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, |
| CORE_ADDR pc) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) |
| { |
| struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i]; |
| if (bp_tgt |
| && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space, |
| bp_tgt->placed_address, |
| aspace, pc)) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint, |
| non-zero otherwise. */ |
| static int |
| is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp) |
| { |
| if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp) |
| && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled |
| && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled) |
| return 1; |
| else |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| catch_syscall_enabled (void) |
| { |
| struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); |
| |
| return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *bp; |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) |
| if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp)) |
| { |
| if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught) |
| { |
| int i, iter; |
| for (i = 0; |
| VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); |
| i++) |
| if (syscall_number == iter) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| else |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */ |
| static char ** |
| catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, |
| char *text, char *word) |
| { |
| const char **list = get_syscall_names (); |
| |
| return (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word); |
| } |
| |
| /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */ |
| |
| /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */ |
| static void |
| set_tracepoint_count (int num) |
| { |
| tracepoint_count = num; |
| set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| arg, |
| NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, |
| 0 /* tempflag */, |
| bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, |
| 0 /* Ignore count */, |
| pending_break_support, |
| NULL, |
| from_tty, |
| 1 /* enabled */)) |
| set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| arg, |
| NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, |
| 0 /* tempflag */, |
| bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, |
| 0 /* Ignore count */, |
| pending_break_support, |
| NULL, |
| from_tty, |
| 1 /* enabled */)) |
| set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); |
| } |
| |
| /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */ |
| |
| void |
| strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| arg, |
| NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, |
| 0 /* tempflag */, |
| bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, |
| 0 /* Ignore count */, |
| pending_break_support, |
| NULL, |
| from_tty, |
| 1 /* enabled */)) |
| set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked |
| list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */ |
| |
| static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp; |
| static int next_cmd; |
| |
| static char * |
| read_uploaded_action (void) |
| { |
| char *rslt; |
| |
| VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt); |
| |
| next_cmd++; |
| |
| return rslt; |
| } |
| |
| /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which |
| can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an |
| equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since |
| the target does not necessarily have all the information used when |
| the tracepoint was originally defined. */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp) |
| { |
| char *addr_str, small_buf[100]; |
| struct breakpoint *tp; |
| |
| if (utp->at_string) |
| addr_str = utp->at_string; |
| else |
| { |
| /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw |
| address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address |
| means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the |
| user. */ |
| warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"), |
| utp->number); |
| sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr)); |
| addr_str = small_buf; |
| } |
| |
| /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */ |
| if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string) |
| warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"), |
| utp->number); |
| |
| if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), |
| addr_str, |
| utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */, |
| 0 /* tempflag */, |
| utp->type /* type_wanted */, |
| 0 /* Ignore count */, |
| pending_break_support, |
| NULL, |
| 0 /* from_tty */, |
| utp->enabled /* enabled */)) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); |
| |
| /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */ |
| tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count); |
| gdb_assert (tp != NULL); |
| |
| if (utp->pass > 0) |
| { |
| sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number); |
| |
| trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0); |
| } |
| |
| /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a |
| special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line |
| reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting |
| function. */ |
| if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings)) |
| { |
| struct command_line *cmd_list; |
| |
| this_utp = utp; |
| next_cmd = 0; |
| |
| cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL); |
| |
| breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list); |
| } |
| else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions) |
| || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions)) |
| warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"), |
| utp->number); |
| |
| return tp; |
| } |
| |
| /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if |
| omitted. */ |
| |
| static void |
| tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty) |
| { |
| int tpnum = -1, num_printed; |
| |
| if (tpnum_exp) |
| tpnum = parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp); |
| |
| num_printed = breakpoint_1 (tpnum, 0, is_tracepoint); |
| |
| if (num_printed == 0) |
| { |
| if (tpnum == -1) |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n"); |
| else |
| ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum); |
| } |
| |
| default_collect_info (); |
| } |
| |
| /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints. |
| Not supported by all targets. */ |
| static void |
| enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| enable_command (args, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints. |
| Not supported by all targets. */ |
| static void |
| disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| disable_command (args, from_tty); |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */ |
| static void |
| delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *b, *temp; |
| |
| dont_repeat (); |
| |
| if (arg == 0) |
| { |
| int breaks_to_delete = 0; |
| |
| /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. |
| Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these |
| have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */ |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) |
| { |
| if (b->number >= 0) |
| { |
| breaks_to_delete = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ |
| if (!from_tty |
| || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? ")))) |
| { |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) |
| { |
| if (is_tracepoint (b) |
| && b->number >= 0) |
| delete_breakpoint (b); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set passcount for tracepoint. |
| |
| First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number. |
| If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined. |
| Also accepts special argument "all". */ |
| |
| static void |
| trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2; |
| unsigned int count; |
| int all = 0; |
| |
| if (args == 0 || *args == 0) |
| error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)")); |
| |
| count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */ |
| |
| while (*args && isspace ((int) *args)) |
| args++; |
| |
| if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0) |
| { |
| args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */ |
| all = 1; |
| if (*args) |
| error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| } |
| else |
| t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1); |
| |
| do |
| { |
| if (t1) |
| { |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2) |
| if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2) |
| { |
| t2->pass_count = count; |
| observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number); |
| if (from_tty) |
| printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"), |
| t2->number, count); |
| } |
| if (! all && *args) |
| t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| while (*args); |
| } |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| get_tracepoint (int num) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *t; |
| |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) |
| if (t->number == num) |
| return t; |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be |
| different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and |
| reconnecting). */ |
| |
| struct breakpoint * |
| get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *t; |
| |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) |
| if (t->number_on_target == num) |
| return t; |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list. |
| If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG. |
| if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most |
| recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */ |
| struct breakpoint * |
| get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p) |
| { |
| extern int tracepoint_count; |
| struct breakpoint *t; |
| int tpnum; |
| char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg; |
| |
| if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg) |
| { |
| if (optional_p) |
| tpnum = tracepoint_count; |
| else |
| error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number")); |
| } |
| else |
| tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg); |
| |
| if (tpnum <= 0) |
| { |
| if (instring && *instring) |
| printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"), |
| instring); |
| else |
| printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n")); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) |
| if (t->number == tpnum) |
| { |
| return t; |
| } |
| |
| /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give |
| a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't |
| allow us to discover this. */ |
| printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to |
| a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it |
| on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns |
| non-zero. */ |
| |
| static void |
| save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty, |
| int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) |
| { |
| struct breakpoint *tp; |
| int any = 0; |
| char *pathname; |
| struct cleanup *cleanup; |
| struct ui_file *fp; |
| int extra_trace_bits = 0; |
| |
| if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0) |
| error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)")); |
| |
| /* See if we have anything to save. */ |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) |
| { |
| /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ |
| if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ |
| if (filter && !filter (tp)) |
| continue; |
| |
| any = 1; |
| |
| if (is_tracepoint (tp)) |
| { |
| extra_trace_bits = 1; |
| |
| /* We can stop searching. */ |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!any) |
| { |
| warning (_("Nothing to save.")); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| pathname = tilde_expand (filename); |
| cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname); |
| fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w"); |
| if (!fp) |
| error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"), |
| filename, safe_strerror (errno)); |
| make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp); |
| |
| if (extra_trace_bits) |
| save_trace_state_variables (fp); |
| |
| ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) |
| { |
| /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ |
| if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ |
| if (filter && !filter (tp)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (tp->ops != NULL) |
| (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp); |
| else |
| { |
| if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace"); |
| if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint |
| && tp->disposition == disp_del) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch"); |
| else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch"); |
| else |
| internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type); |
| |
| if (tp->exp_string) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string); |
| else if (tp->addr_string) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string); |
| else |
| { |
| char tmp[40]; |
| |
| sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address); |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (tp->thread != -1) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread); |
| |
| if (tp->task != 0) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task); |
| |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n"); |
| |
| /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't |
| assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum |
| instead. */ |
| |
| if (tp->cond_string) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string); |
| |
| if (tp->ignore_count) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count); |
| |
| if (tp->pass_count) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count); |
| |
| if (tp->commands) |
| { |
| volatile struct gdb_exception ex; |
| |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n"); |
| |
| ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp); |
| TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| { |
| print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2); |
| } |
| ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL); |
| |
| if (ex.reason < 0) |
| throw_exception (ex); |
| |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n"); |
| } |
| |
| if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n"); |
| |
| /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations |
| should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are |
| special, and not user visible. */ |
| if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next) |
| { |
| struct bp_location *loc; |
| int n = 1; |
| |
| for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++) |
| if (!loc->enabled) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect) |
| fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect); |
| |
| do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| if (from_tty) |
| printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename); |
| } |
| |
| /* The `save breakpoints' command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* The `save tracepoints' command. */ |
| |
| static void |
| save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| { |
| save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */ |
| |
| VEC(breakpoint_p) * |
| all_tracepoints () |
| { |
| VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0; |
| struct breakpoint *tp; |
| |
| ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp) |
| { |
| VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp); |
| } |
| |
| return tp_vec; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands. |
| It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication. |
| COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */ |
| #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \ |
| command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\ |
| LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ |
| If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\ |
| If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\ |
| If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\ |
| With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\ |
| stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\ |
| CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ |
| conditions are different.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints." |
| |
| /* List of subcommands for "catch". */ |
| static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist; |
| |
| /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */ |
| static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist; |
| |
| /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch" |
| lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */ |
| static void |
| add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring, |
| void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty, |
| struct cmd_list_element *command), |
| char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, |
| char *text, char *word), |
| void *user_data_catch, |
| void *user_data_tcatch) |
| { |
| struct cmd_list_element *command; |
| |
| command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, |
| &catch_cmdlist); |
| set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); |
| set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch); |
| set_cmd_completer (command, completer); |
| |
| command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, |
| &tcatch_cmdlist); |
| set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); |
| set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch); |
| set_cmd_completer (command, completer); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf) |
| { |
| inf->total_syscalls_count = 0; |
| inf->any_syscall_count = 0; |
| VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| save_command (char *arg, int from_tty) |
| { |
| printf_unfiltered (_("\ |
| \"save\" must be followed by the name of a save subcommand.\n")); |
| help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _initialize_breakpoint (void) |
| { |
| struct cmd_list_element *c; |
| |
| observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib); |
| observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts); |
| observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change); |
| |
| breakpoint_chain = 0; |
| /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful |
| before a breakpoint is set. */ |
| breakpoint_count = 0; |
| |
| tracepoint_count = 0; |
| |
| add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\ |
| Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\ |
| Usage is `ignore N COUNT'.")); |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| |
| add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\ |
| Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\ |
| Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\ |
| With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\ |
| The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\ |
| Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\ |
| Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\ |
| then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print.")); |
| |
| add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\ |
| Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\ |
| Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\ |
| expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.")); |
| |
| c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\ |
| Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\ |
| Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ |
| so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\ |
| by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\ |
| \n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak"))); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\ |
| Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ |
| Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\ |
| some target hardware may not have this support.\n\ |
| \n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak"))); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\ |
| Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ |
| Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ |
| so it will be deleted when hit.\n\ |
| \n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak"))); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ |
| Enable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ |
| With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ |
| This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ |
| With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."), |
| &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist); |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ |
| Enable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ |
| With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ |
| This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ |
| With a subcommand you can enable temporarily.")); |
| |
| add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ |
| Enable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ |
| This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ |
| May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"), |
| &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist); |
| |
| add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ |
| Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ |
| If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), |
| &enablebreaklist); |
| |
| add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ |
| Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ |
| If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), |
| &enablebreaklist); |
| |
| add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ |
| Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ |
| If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), |
| &enablelist); |
| |
| add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ |
| Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ |
| If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), |
| &enablelist); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ |
| Disable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ |
| A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."), |
| &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist); |
| add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ |
| Disable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ |
| A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.")); |
| |
| add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\ |
| Disable some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ |
| A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\ |
| This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."), |
| &disablelist); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ |
| Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\ |
| The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."), |
| &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist); |
| add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ |
| Delete some breakpoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n")); |
| |
| add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\ |
| Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ |
| Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ |
| To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ |
| This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."), |
| &deletelist); |
| |
| add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\ |
| Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\ |
| Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ |
| If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\ |
| If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\ |
| If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\ |
| is executing in.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number.")); |
| add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| |
| c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\ |
| Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break"))); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1); |
| |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1); |
| |
| if (dbx_commands) |
| { |
| add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\ |
| Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."), |
| &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist); |
| add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command, |
| _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist); |
| add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command, |
| _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist); |
| add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\ |
| Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ |
| The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ |
| \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ |
| \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ |
| The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ |
| the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ |
| breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ |
| address and file/line number respectively.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ |
| are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ |
| is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ |
| breakpoint set.")); |
| } |
| |
| add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\ |
| Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ |
| The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ |
| \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ |
| \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ |
| The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ |
| the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ |
| breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ |
| address and file/line number respectively.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ |
| are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ |
| is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ |
| breakpoint set.")); |
| |
| add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1); |
| |
| if (xdb_commands) |
| add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\ |
| Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ |
| The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ |
| \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ |
| \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ |
| The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ |
| the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ |
| breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ |
| address and file/line number respectively.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ |
| are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ |
| is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ |
| breakpoint set.")); |
| |
| add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\ |
| Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ |
| The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ |
| \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ |
| \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ |
| \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\ |
| \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\ |
| \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\ |
| \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\ |
| The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ |
| the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ |
| breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ |
| address and file/line number respectively.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ |
| are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ |
| is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ |
| breakpoint set."), |
| &maintenanceinfolist); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\ |
| Set catchpoints to catch events."), |
| &catch_cmdlist, "catch ", |
| 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\ |
| Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."), |
| &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ", |
| 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); |
| |
| /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */ |
| add_catch_command ("catch", _("\ |
| Catch an exception, when caught.\n\ |
| With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| catch_catch_command, |
| NULL, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| add_catch_command ("throw", _("\ |
| Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\ |
| With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| catch_throw_command, |
| NULL, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."), |
| catch_fork_command_1, |
| NULL, |
| (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent, |
| (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary); |
| add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."), |
| catch_fork_command_1, |
| NULL, |
| (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent, |
| (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary); |
| add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."), |
| catch_exec_command_1, |
| NULL, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\ |
| Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\ |
| Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\ |
| are given, every system call will be caught.\n\ |
| Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\ |
| (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."), |
| catch_syscall_command_1, |
| catch_syscall_completer, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| add_catch_command ("exception", _("\ |
| Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\ |
| With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| catch_ada_exception_command, |
| NULL, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| add_catch_command ("assert", _("\ |
| Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\ |
| With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), |
| catch_assert_command, |
| NULL, |
| CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| |
| c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\ |
| Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ |
| A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ |
| an expression changes.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\ |
| Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\ |
| A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ |
| an expression is read.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\ |
| Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ |
| A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ |
| an expression is either read or written.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); |
| |
| add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\ |
| Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER.")); |
| |
| |
| |
| /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should |
| respond to changes - contrary to the description. */ |
| add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support, |
| &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\ |
| Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ |
| Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ |
| If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\ |
| such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\ |
| created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\ |
| hardware.)"), |
| NULL, |
| show_can_use_hw_watchpoints, |
| &setlist, &showlist); |
| |
| can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1; |
| |
| /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */ |
| |
| c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\ |
| Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ |
| \n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\ |
| Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0); |
| add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1); |
| add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1); |
| |
| c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\ |
| Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ |
| \n" |
| BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\ |
| Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\ |
| Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\ |
| LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\ |
| or -m MARKER_ID.\n\ |
| If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\ |
| for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\ |
| of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\ |
| at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\ |
| with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\ |
| the selected stack frame.\n\ |
| Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\ |
| This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\ |
| tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\ |
| by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ |
| conditions are different.\n\ |
| \n\ |
| Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\ |
| Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); |
| |
| add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\ |
| Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\ |
| Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\ |
| last tracepoint set.")); |
| |
| add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1); |
| |
| add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\ |
| Delete specified tracepoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ |
| No argument means delete all tracepoints."), |
| &deletelist); |
| |
| c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\ |
| Disable specified tracepoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ |
| No argument means disable all tracepoints."), |
| &disablelist); |
| deprecate_cmd (c, "disable"); |
| |
| c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\ |
| Enable specified tracepoints.\n\ |
| Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ |
| No argument means enable all tracepoints."), |
| &enablelist); |
| deprecate_cmd (c, "enable"); |
| |
| add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\ |
| Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\ |
| The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\ |
| Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\ |
| if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined.")); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command, |
| _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."), |
| &save_cmdlist, "save ", |
| 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); |
| |
| c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\ |
| Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\ |
| This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\ |
| catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\ |
| session to restore them."), |
| &save_cmdlist); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); |
| |
| c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\ |
| Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\ |
| Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."), |
| &save_cmdlist); |
| set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); |
| |
| c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0); |
| deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints"); |
| |
| add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ |
| Breakpoint specific settings\n\ |
| Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ |
| pending breakpoint behavior"), |
| &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ", |
| 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist); |
| add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ |
| Breakpoint specific settings\n\ |
| Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ |
| pending breakpoint behavior"), |
| &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ", |
| 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist); |
| |
| add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class, |
| &pending_break_support, _("\ |
| Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ |
| Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ |
| If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\ |
| pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\ |
| an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\ |
| user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."), |
| NULL, |
| show_pending_break_support, |
| &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, |
| &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); |
| |
| pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO; |
| |
| add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class, |
| &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\ |
| Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ |
| Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ |
| If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\ |
| breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\ |
| a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."), |
| NULL, |
| show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints, |
| &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, |
| &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); |
| |
| add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support, |
| always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\ |
| Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ |
| Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ |
| When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\ |
| resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\ |
| breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\ |
| deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\ |
| the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\ |
| In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\ |
| behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\ |
| inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."), |
| NULL, |
| &show_always_inserted_mode, |
| &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, |
| &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); |
| |
| automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1; |
| |
| observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed); |
| } |